syllabus of delhi school of management, dce
DESCRIPTION
This is the syllabus taught in Delhi School of Management, DTU (Formerly known as DCE) for the session 2012-14.Do download and study it thoroughly before you study the actual course.TRANSCRIPT
1
Course Curriculum for MBA (2 Years Full Time Program)
DELHI SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT
DELHI TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY
(Formerly Delhi College of Engineering)
Semester Subjects Comprehensive Viva Total Hours week
I 28 credits 4 credits 32 28
II 28 credits 4 credits 32 28
Summer Training
III 28 credits 4 credits 32 28
Project
IV 24 credits 8 credits 32 24
Total 128
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
Semester I
SM-101 Management Process and Organizational Behaviour 4 Credits 4-0-0
SM-102 Financial Accounting 4 Credits 4-0-0
SM-103 Marketing Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
SM-104 Managerial Economics 4 Credits 4-0-0
SM-105 Quantitative Methods 4 Credits 4-0-0
SM-106 Production and Operations Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
SM-107 Business Communication 2 Credits 2-0-0
SM-108 Computer Applications in Management 2 Credits 0-0-2
SM-109 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4 Credits
Total 32 Credits 28 Hrs week
2
Semester II
SM-201 Human Resource Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
SM-202 Financial Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
SM-203 Marketing Research 4 Credits 4-0-0
SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4 Credits 4-0-0
SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3 Credits 3-0-0
SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3 Credits 3-0-0
SM-207 Information Technology Management 3 Credits 3-0-0
SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3 Credits 3-0-0
SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4 Credits
Total 32 Credits 28 Hrs week
Semester III
SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0
SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0
4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) (4X4 ) 16 Credits 16-0-0
SM-308 Summer Internship 4 Credits
Total 32 Credits 28 Hrs week
Semester IV
SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
SM-402 Corporate Governance 4 Credits 4-0-0
4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) (4X4) 16 Credits 16-0-0
SM-407 Project 8 Credits
Total 32 Credits 24 Hrs week
3
Elective List -I
Group A Knowledge and Technology Management
Group B Supply Chain Management
Group C Information Technology Management
Elective List -II
Group D Marketing Management
Group E Financial Management
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
4
LIST OF ELECTIVES
A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMA-01 Management Information System
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
SMA-05 Data Base Management
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
SMA-07 Mobile commerce and Security
SMA-08 Knowledge management and Innovation
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
SMA-12 Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
B-SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT
SMB-01Total Quality Management
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
SMB-03 Retail Management
SMB-04 Transportation Management
SMB-05 Service Operations Management
SMB-06 SCM and Customers Relationship Management
SMB-07 Business Process Re-engineering
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC-01 Strategic telecommunication Management
5
SMC-02 Data warehousing and Database Management
SMC-03 Business System Analysis and Design
SMC-04 Knowledge Management amp Innovation
SMC-05 Managing Software Exports
SMC-06 Mobile Commerce amp Security
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
SMC-08 E-Governance
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
SMC-10 Business Process Re-engineering
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
SMC-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
D- MARKETING MANAGEMENT
SMD-01 International marketing management
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
E- FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
SME-01Security analysis and portfolio Management
SME-02 Mergers Acquisition and Corporate restructuring
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
SME-04 International Financial Management
SME-05 Investment Banking
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
6
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
SME-09 Commodity and Price Risk management
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
SME 11 Econometric and Financial Modeling
SME-12 Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in FM
F-ORGANIZATION BEHAVIOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation
SMF-02 Compensation Management
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies
SMF-04 Human Resource Development Strategies and Systems
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and Global Human Resource Management
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
SMF-07 Management of Training and development
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers
7
Semester I
SM-101 Management Process and Organizational Behaviour 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Meaning and Nature of Management The evolution of management thought Functions and skills of a
manager Management Approaches Processes Managerial Skills Tasks and Responsibilities of a
Professional Manager
Unit 2 Organizational Structure and Process
Organizational design six key elements of organizational design types of organizational design
organizational structure Managerial Ethos Managerial Communication
Unit 3 Managing activities
Planning need for planning types of planning and the elements of planning Managerial decision
making- types of managerial decisions steps in decision-making process
Unit 4 Controlling
Problem Solving Techniques Controlling Process and Techniques Budgetary and Non Budgetary
control techniques PERT CPM
Unit 5 Organization Behaviour An Introduction Behavioural Dynamics
Foundations of individual behavior Personality Perception Learning Values Attitudes Motivation
Interpersonal Dynamics Group Dynamics Leadership theories and styles Management of conflict and
negotiation
Unit 6 Organisational Culture and Change Organisational culture Organisational change nature and forces of change resistance to change and
management of resistance to change Work stress sources and consequences of stress and its
management
Reference Books
1 Robbins SP amp Decenzo D (2002) Fundamental of Management Pearson Education
2 Stoner etal (2002) Management Prentice Hall of India
3 Luthans F (2004) Organisational Behaviour McGraw Hill International Edition
SM- 102 Financial Accounting 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to Accounting Importance Objectives and Principles Accounting Concepts and
conventions and The Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) Accounting Standards
8
Issued by ICAI (Focus on importance of Standards to give a general view on Financial Accounting
practices) Creative Financial Practices and Issues related to quality of disclosures in reported earnings
window dressing and limitations of financial statements
Unit 2 The Accounting Process Overview
Books of Original Record Journal and Subsidiary books ledger Trial Balance Classification of capital
and revenue expenses Final Accounts with adjustments
Unit 3 Valuation of fixed assets Tangible vs Intangible assets depreciation of fixed assets and methods of depreciation
Unit 4 Inventory Valuation Methods of inventory valuation and valuation of goodwill methods of valuation of goodwill
Unit 5 Financial Analysis Statement of Changes in Working Capital Funds from Operations paid cost and unpaid costs
Distinction between cash profits and book profits Preparation and analysis of cash flow statement and
funds flow statement Analysis and interpretation of financial statements from investor and company
point of view Horizontal Analysis and Vertical Analysis of Company Financial Statements Liquidity
leverage solvency and profitability ratios ndash Du Pont Chart -A Case study on Ratio Analysis
Unit 6 Cost concepts
Cost-Volume-Profit (CVP) relationship and profit planning Budgeting Full costing and variable
costing methods Cost analysis for Decision- Making Standard costing and variance analysis
Reference Books
1 Ashok Banerjee Financial Accounting Second Edition Excel Books New Delhi 2006
2 DrSN Maheshwari and DrSK Maheshwari Financial Accounting Vikas Publishing House
Pvt Ltd 2007
3 Asish K Bhattacharyya Financial Accounting for Business Managers-PHI2006
SM-103 Marketing Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to marketing function genesis the marketing concepts Marketing Management systems-
objectives its interfaces with other functions in the organization The concept of marketing mix Types
of Goods
Unit 2 Marketing Environment
Environment of marketing- political environment economic environment Legal social and cultural
environment
Unit 3 Market segmentation
9
Market segmentation Industrial Marketing Service Marketing and International Marketing Consumer
buying behavior Ethical issues in marketing
Unit 4 Marketing strategy
Marketing strategy- Marketing planning and Marketing programming Product policy the concept of
product life cycle New product decisions Test marketing Pricing Policy amp Strategies
Unit 5 Management of distribution
Management of distribution- channels of distribution Advertising and promotions the concept of
unique selling proposition Implementation and control the marketing organization
Unit 6 Demand forecasting
Demand forecasting Budgeting Management of Sales Force and Evaluation of Performance
Marketing audit
Reference Books
1 Philip Kotler (2003) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation amp Control
Prentice Hall of India
2 Michael J E Bruce J W and Williom J S (13th Edition 2004) Marketing Management Tata
McGrawHill New Delhi
3 Louis E Boone and David L Kurtz (2001) Contemporary Marketing Harcourt Collye Publishers
SM-104 Managerial Economics 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Micro versus Macroeconomics Theory of consumer behavior and demand Consumer preferences
Indifference curve Consumer equilibrium Demand function Income and substitution effects
Unit 2 Production Function
The Slutsky equation Market demand Elasticities Average and marginal revenue Revealed
preference theory of firm Production functions Law of variable proportions Laws of return to scale
Unit 3 Cost Function
Isoquants Input substitution Equilibrium of the firm Expansion path Cost function Theory of costs
Short Run and long run costs Shape of LAC Economies and diseconomies of scale
Unit 4 Theory of Pricing
Market equilibrium under perfect competition Equilibrium under alternative forms of market
Monopoly- pure and discriminating Monopolistic competition Oligopoly Pricing practices and
strategies
Unit 5 National Indicators ( GDP GNP WPI CPI )
National Income Accounting and Economic Indicators Business Cycle-Inflation-Fiscal and Monetary
Policies
10
Reference Books
1 Doane PDavid Seward ELori Applied Statistics in Business and Economics Tata McGraw Hill
2007
2 Nordhaus amp Samuelson Economics 18th Edition Tata McGraw Hill 2007
3 Suma Damodaran Managerial Economics Oxford University Press 2006
SM-105 Quantitative Methods 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Nature and role of statistics in management Measures of central tendency and dispersion Introduction
to probability theory Probability distributions - continuous and discrete Sampling distributions
Estimation and hypothesis testing t-test ANOVA Chi-square test Non-parametric tests Correlation
and regression analysis Applications of statistical packages
Unit 2 Decision Theory
Game Theory Markov Chains
Unit 3 Linear Programming
Formulation and applications solution through graphical method and Simplex methods
Unit 4 Transportation assignment and transshipment problems
Unit 5 Integer Programming-
Formulation and solution Non-Linear Programming Dynamic Programming Multiple Criteria
Decision making Goal programming
Unit 6 Project scheduling-
PERT and CPM Queuing theory Monte Carlo Simulation- concepts and applications Case Studies
and use of OR software packages
Reference Books
1 ldquoOperations Researchrdquo J K Sharma McMillan India
2 ldquo Quantitative Techniques in Managementrdquo N D Vohra Tata McGraw Hill Publications 3e 4th
reprint 2007
3 Quantitative Methods for Business Anderson Williams et-al b10th edition Thompson
SM- 106 Productions and Operations Management 4-0-0
Unit 1
Introduction to operations management- role scope and interface with marketing finance strategy
Types of production systems Concepts of productivity competitiveness Decisions in POM Case
Study
11
Unit 2
Demand forecasting Time Series Regression Analysis and Qualitative techniques Forecast Error Case
study
Unit 3
Work Study Work Measurement Activity Sampling MOST Ergonomics Learning Curve
Unit 4
Product Design and Process Selection Service Design Outsourcing Make buy decision Value
Engineering QFD Concurrent Engineering
Unit 5
Facility Planning- location layout Line balancing Analytical tools and techniques for facility planning
and design Aggregate planning Operations scheduling Project Management CPM PERT Slacks
Project crashing Resource Leveling
Unit 6
Total Quality Management (TQM) Statistical Process Control (SPC) Acceptance Sampling Six-
sigma ISO 9000 Maintenance management JIT FMS MIS Simulation Role of IT in manufacturing
Case studies
Reference Books
1 Charry SN (2005) Production and Operation Management- Concepts Methods amp Strategy John
Willy amp Sons Asia Pvt Limited
2 Adam Jr E and Ebert R (1998) Production and Operation Management
SM-107 Business Communication 2-0-0
Unit 1
Communication Process Model of the communication process Types of Organizational
Communication Channels of Communication Objectives of Business Communication
Unit 2
Principles of Effective Communications (7 C‟s of Communication) Barriers in communication
Unit 3
Oral Communication
Making effective presentations Meeting Interview Listening
Unit 4
Written Communication
E-mails Memorandums Business Letters Writing different types of business messages Direct
request Good-news and neutral messages Bad-news messages persuasive requests
12
Unit 5
Reports Definition essentials of good reports classification of reports different sections of short and
long reports
Unit 6
Non-Verbal Communication importance of non-verbal communication Kinesics Proxemics
Hepatics Chronemics Paralanguage Artifacts
Reference Books
1 Lesikar RV amp Flatley MEBasic Business Communication Skills for Empowering the Internet
Generation Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd New Delhi
2 Ludlow R amp Panton F The Essence of Effective Communications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
3 Bowman JP amp Branchaw PP (1987) Business Communications From Process to Product Dryden
Press Chicago
SM-108 Computer Application in Management 0-0-2
Introduction to OS- DOS WINDOWS Computer Applications in Decision Making Scientific
Research and Business Organization Working with Word Processing and Graphics Packages
Familiarity with Spread Sheet and Data base Packages Introduction to special packages for Business
Administration Case studies
SM-109 Comprehensive Viva Voce 0-0-4
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
Semester II
SM-201 Human Resource Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource management in
a competitive business environment Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic
Human Resource Management
13
Unit 2 Manpower planning
Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource
Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses
Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent
Management
Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection
Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and
methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement
Unit 4 Training and Development
TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes
Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development
Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management
Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal
and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope
concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management
Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies
Unit 6 Industrial Relations
Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of discipline
counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare
Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource
Accounting International Human Resources Management
Reference Books
1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource
Management John Wiley
2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education
3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29
14
SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions
Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and
Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds
Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio
Analysis
Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)
Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach
Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal
Funds
Unit 3 Capital Budgeting
Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital
Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent
and Dependent Risk Analysis
Unit 4 Working capital Decision
Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working
Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk
Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle
Unit 5 Dividend Decision
Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner
Model
Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues
Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill
2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th
ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases
Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi
3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e
15
SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory
descriptive and conclusive research
Unit 2 Defining a research problem
Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making
process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing
research activity
Unit 3 Research design
Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information
primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and
questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from
experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors
Unit 4 Data Analysis
Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well
as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation
Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems
Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research
Attitude Measurement
Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation
Reference Books
1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson
Education Asia
2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS
3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons
SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP
Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income
16
Unit 2 Consumption Function
Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier
process Government sector
Unit 3 Fiscal Policy
Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income
Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of
money
Unit 4 money Control instruments
The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of
interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation
of the aggregate demand curve
Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy
Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function
Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run
Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations
Unit 6 Contemporary Issues
Reference Books
1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th
Ed Excel Books
2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)
3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)
SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1
Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current
knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice
Unit 2
Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit
knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge
Unit 3
Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and
business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques
Unit 4
17
KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management
Implementation and measuring the value of KM
Unit 5
Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological
developments
Unit 6
Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology
innovation process
Reference Books
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech
Print on Demand 1st edition
3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group
Publishing UK 2001
SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs
Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory
Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements
planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains
Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution
management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility
and agility in SC Smart Pricing
Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand
Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash
channels of distribution
Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System
in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games
18
Reference Books
1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash
Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007
2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008
SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing
Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to
Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL
Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and
Business Process Re-engineering
Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data
centres XML Groupware web services etc
Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment
Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT
Reference Books
1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner
Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe
2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph
Valacich (PHI Learning)
3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane
PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)
SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0
19
Unit 1
Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void
voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts
Unit 2
Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of
ownership in goods Auctions sale
Unit 3
Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and
Bouncing of cheques
Unit 4
Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online
registration of companies Types of companies
Unit 5
Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital
shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers
and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company
Unit 6
Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal
machinery
Reference Books
1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009
2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th
edition
3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)
SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
SEMESTER III
20
SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management
Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management
Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design
Unit 2 Strategy Identification
Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies
Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in
Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices
Industry and Competitive Analysis
Unit 3 Strategic Formulation
Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external
context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and
the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain
Unit 4 Strategy Implementation
Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate
Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies
Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation
Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and
Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective
acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing
Unit 6 Globalization and strategy
Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International
Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy
Reference Books
1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and
cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi
2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management
Frank Bros amp Co
3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New
Delhi
21
SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major
Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment
Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological
Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in
International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business
Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the
Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational
Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations
Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing
Countries
Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary
System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and
Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency
Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank
MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements
Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA
APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings
Reference Books
1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc
2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India
3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan
SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0
Language such as French Japanese German will be covered
Unit 1 Basics of communication
Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language
Unit 3 Verbal Communication
Unit 4 Written Communication
Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies
Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises
22
4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each
SEMESTER IV
SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project
management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager
Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle
Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work
breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization
Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final
project schedule manually or by using automated tools
Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation
and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling
Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and
control elements factor contribute to successful project control
Reference Books
1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed
Indianapolis Wiley Publishing
2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting
methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons
3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000
23
SM-402 Corporate Governance
Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance
Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR
Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics
Comprehensive Case Studies
Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive
Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR
Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation
of the Firm
Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case
Study
Reference Books
1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th
edition
2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers
2000
3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001
4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each
ELECTIVES
A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMA-01 Management Information System
Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications
Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business
Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet
Enterprise communication and collaboration
Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools
of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization
analysis data mining for decision support
Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design
(DFD and ER diagrams)
24
Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial
intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality
Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges
Reference Books
1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication
2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education
3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in
the new economy
Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing
industry case)
Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and
revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal
Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface
market communication
Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay
eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc
Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries
Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc
Reference Books
1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies
McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001
2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society
Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)
3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge
AMACOM NY 2000
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
25
Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix
Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery
Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework
Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and
Back Office Operation
Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services
Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing
Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call
Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management
Services IT Consulting Services
Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web
Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom
Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services
Reference Books
1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson
Education Asia
2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson
3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson
Education Asia
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and
Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study
Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap
Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP
Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP
Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash
Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash
Case Studies
Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process
Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful
BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches
26
Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional
Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables
Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware
Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System
Architecture
Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross
Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score
Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning
Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005
3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
SMA-05 Data Base Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management
Systems
Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model
Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design
Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL
Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill
2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft
Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION
3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley
27
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK
PSK Features
Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression
Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band
Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges
Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN
Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting
Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM
Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network
Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication
Mobile communication
Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless
technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script
Reference Books
1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall
2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks
Kindle books
3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th
edition
SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security
Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies
Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through
Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting
Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency
Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM
GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and
limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details
Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS
Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks
Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model
architecture amp protocol stack
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
2
Semester II
SM-201 Human Resource Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
SM-202 Financial Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
SM-203 Marketing Research 4 Credits 4-0-0
SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4 Credits 4-0-0
SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3 Credits 3-0-0
SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3 Credits 3-0-0
SM-207 Information Technology Management 3 Credits 3-0-0
SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3 Credits 3-0-0
SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4 Credits
Total 32 Credits 28 Hrs week
Semester III
SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0
SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0
4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) (4X4 ) 16 Credits 16-0-0
SM-308 Summer Internship 4 Credits
Total 32 Credits 28 Hrs week
Semester IV
SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
SM-402 Corporate Governance 4 Credits 4-0-0
4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) (4X4) 16 Credits 16-0-0
SM-407 Project 8 Credits
Total 32 Credits 24 Hrs week
3
Elective List -I
Group A Knowledge and Technology Management
Group B Supply Chain Management
Group C Information Technology Management
Elective List -II
Group D Marketing Management
Group E Financial Management
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
4
LIST OF ELECTIVES
A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMA-01 Management Information System
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
SMA-05 Data Base Management
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
SMA-07 Mobile commerce and Security
SMA-08 Knowledge management and Innovation
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
SMA-12 Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
B-SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT
SMB-01Total Quality Management
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
SMB-03 Retail Management
SMB-04 Transportation Management
SMB-05 Service Operations Management
SMB-06 SCM and Customers Relationship Management
SMB-07 Business Process Re-engineering
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC-01 Strategic telecommunication Management
5
SMC-02 Data warehousing and Database Management
SMC-03 Business System Analysis and Design
SMC-04 Knowledge Management amp Innovation
SMC-05 Managing Software Exports
SMC-06 Mobile Commerce amp Security
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
SMC-08 E-Governance
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
SMC-10 Business Process Re-engineering
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
SMC-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
D- MARKETING MANAGEMENT
SMD-01 International marketing management
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
E- FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
SME-01Security analysis and portfolio Management
SME-02 Mergers Acquisition and Corporate restructuring
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
SME-04 International Financial Management
SME-05 Investment Banking
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
6
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
SME-09 Commodity and Price Risk management
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
SME 11 Econometric and Financial Modeling
SME-12 Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in FM
F-ORGANIZATION BEHAVIOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation
SMF-02 Compensation Management
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies
SMF-04 Human Resource Development Strategies and Systems
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and Global Human Resource Management
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
SMF-07 Management of Training and development
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers
7
Semester I
SM-101 Management Process and Organizational Behaviour 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Meaning and Nature of Management The evolution of management thought Functions and skills of a
manager Management Approaches Processes Managerial Skills Tasks and Responsibilities of a
Professional Manager
Unit 2 Organizational Structure and Process
Organizational design six key elements of organizational design types of organizational design
organizational structure Managerial Ethos Managerial Communication
Unit 3 Managing activities
Planning need for planning types of planning and the elements of planning Managerial decision
making- types of managerial decisions steps in decision-making process
Unit 4 Controlling
Problem Solving Techniques Controlling Process and Techniques Budgetary and Non Budgetary
control techniques PERT CPM
Unit 5 Organization Behaviour An Introduction Behavioural Dynamics
Foundations of individual behavior Personality Perception Learning Values Attitudes Motivation
Interpersonal Dynamics Group Dynamics Leadership theories and styles Management of conflict and
negotiation
Unit 6 Organisational Culture and Change Organisational culture Organisational change nature and forces of change resistance to change and
management of resistance to change Work stress sources and consequences of stress and its
management
Reference Books
1 Robbins SP amp Decenzo D (2002) Fundamental of Management Pearson Education
2 Stoner etal (2002) Management Prentice Hall of India
3 Luthans F (2004) Organisational Behaviour McGraw Hill International Edition
SM- 102 Financial Accounting 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to Accounting Importance Objectives and Principles Accounting Concepts and
conventions and The Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) Accounting Standards
8
Issued by ICAI (Focus on importance of Standards to give a general view on Financial Accounting
practices) Creative Financial Practices and Issues related to quality of disclosures in reported earnings
window dressing and limitations of financial statements
Unit 2 The Accounting Process Overview
Books of Original Record Journal and Subsidiary books ledger Trial Balance Classification of capital
and revenue expenses Final Accounts with adjustments
Unit 3 Valuation of fixed assets Tangible vs Intangible assets depreciation of fixed assets and methods of depreciation
Unit 4 Inventory Valuation Methods of inventory valuation and valuation of goodwill methods of valuation of goodwill
Unit 5 Financial Analysis Statement of Changes in Working Capital Funds from Operations paid cost and unpaid costs
Distinction between cash profits and book profits Preparation and analysis of cash flow statement and
funds flow statement Analysis and interpretation of financial statements from investor and company
point of view Horizontal Analysis and Vertical Analysis of Company Financial Statements Liquidity
leverage solvency and profitability ratios ndash Du Pont Chart -A Case study on Ratio Analysis
Unit 6 Cost concepts
Cost-Volume-Profit (CVP) relationship and profit planning Budgeting Full costing and variable
costing methods Cost analysis for Decision- Making Standard costing and variance analysis
Reference Books
1 Ashok Banerjee Financial Accounting Second Edition Excel Books New Delhi 2006
2 DrSN Maheshwari and DrSK Maheshwari Financial Accounting Vikas Publishing House
Pvt Ltd 2007
3 Asish K Bhattacharyya Financial Accounting for Business Managers-PHI2006
SM-103 Marketing Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to marketing function genesis the marketing concepts Marketing Management systems-
objectives its interfaces with other functions in the organization The concept of marketing mix Types
of Goods
Unit 2 Marketing Environment
Environment of marketing- political environment economic environment Legal social and cultural
environment
Unit 3 Market segmentation
9
Market segmentation Industrial Marketing Service Marketing and International Marketing Consumer
buying behavior Ethical issues in marketing
Unit 4 Marketing strategy
Marketing strategy- Marketing planning and Marketing programming Product policy the concept of
product life cycle New product decisions Test marketing Pricing Policy amp Strategies
Unit 5 Management of distribution
Management of distribution- channels of distribution Advertising and promotions the concept of
unique selling proposition Implementation and control the marketing organization
Unit 6 Demand forecasting
Demand forecasting Budgeting Management of Sales Force and Evaluation of Performance
Marketing audit
Reference Books
1 Philip Kotler (2003) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation amp Control
Prentice Hall of India
2 Michael J E Bruce J W and Williom J S (13th Edition 2004) Marketing Management Tata
McGrawHill New Delhi
3 Louis E Boone and David L Kurtz (2001) Contemporary Marketing Harcourt Collye Publishers
SM-104 Managerial Economics 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Micro versus Macroeconomics Theory of consumer behavior and demand Consumer preferences
Indifference curve Consumer equilibrium Demand function Income and substitution effects
Unit 2 Production Function
The Slutsky equation Market demand Elasticities Average and marginal revenue Revealed
preference theory of firm Production functions Law of variable proportions Laws of return to scale
Unit 3 Cost Function
Isoquants Input substitution Equilibrium of the firm Expansion path Cost function Theory of costs
Short Run and long run costs Shape of LAC Economies and diseconomies of scale
Unit 4 Theory of Pricing
Market equilibrium under perfect competition Equilibrium under alternative forms of market
Monopoly- pure and discriminating Monopolistic competition Oligopoly Pricing practices and
strategies
Unit 5 National Indicators ( GDP GNP WPI CPI )
National Income Accounting and Economic Indicators Business Cycle-Inflation-Fiscal and Monetary
Policies
10
Reference Books
1 Doane PDavid Seward ELori Applied Statistics in Business and Economics Tata McGraw Hill
2007
2 Nordhaus amp Samuelson Economics 18th Edition Tata McGraw Hill 2007
3 Suma Damodaran Managerial Economics Oxford University Press 2006
SM-105 Quantitative Methods 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Nature and role of statistics in management Measures of central tendency and dispersion Introduction
to probability theory Probability distributions - continuous and discrete Sampling distributions
Estimation and hypothesis testing t-test ANOVA Chi-square test Non-parametric tests Correlation
and regression analysis Applications of statistical packages
Unit 2 Decision Theory
Game Theory Markov Chains
Unit 3 Linear Programming
Formulation and applications solution through graphical method and Simplex methods
Unit 4 Transportation assignment and transshipment problems
Unit 5 Integer Programming-
Formulation and solution Non-Linear Programming Dynamic Programming Multiple Criteria
Decision making Goal programming
Unit 6 Project scheduling-
PERT and CPM Queuing theory Monte Carlo Simulation- concepts and applications Case Studies
and use of OR software packages
Reference Books
1 ldquoOperations Researchrdquo J K Sharma McMillan India
2 ldquo Quantitative Techniques in Managementrdquo N D Vohra Tata McGraw Hill Publications 3e 4th
reprint 2007
3 Quantitative Methods for Business Anderson Williams et-al b10th edition Thompson
SM- 106 Productions and Operations Management 4-0-0
Unit 1
Introduction to operations management- role scope and interface with marketing finance strategy
Types of production systems Concepts of productivity competitiveness Decisions in POM Case
Study
11
Unit 2
Demand forecasting Time Series Regression Analysis and Qualitative techniques Forecast Error Case
study
Unit 3
Work Study Work Measurement Activity Sampling MOST Ergonomics Learning Curve
Unit 4
Product Design and Process Selection Service Design Outsourcing Make buy decision Value
Engineering QFD Concurrent Engineering
Unit 5
Facility Planning- location layout Line balancing Analytical tools and techniques for facility planning
and design Aggregate planning Operations scheduling Project Management CPM PERT Slacks
Project crashing Resource Leveling
Unit 6
Total Quality Management (TQM) Statistical Process Control (SPC) Acceptance Sampling Six-
sigma ISO 9000 Maintenance management JIT FMS MIS Simulation Role of IT in manufacturing
Case studies
Reference Books
1 Charry SN (2005) Production and Operation Management- Concepts Methods amp Strategy John
Willy amp Sons Asia Pvt Limited
2 Adam Jr E and Ebert R (1998) Production and Operation Management
SM-107 Business Communication 2-0-0
Unit 1
Communication Process Model of the communication process Types of Organizational
Communication Channels of Communication Objectives of Business Communication
Unit 2
Principles of Effective Communications (7 C‟s of Communication) Barriers in communication
Unit 3
Oral Communication
Making effective presentations Meeting Interview Listening
Unit 4
Written Communication
E-mails Memorandums Business Letters Writing different types of business messages Direct
request Good-news and neutral messages Bad-news messages persuasive requests
12
Unit 5
Reports Definition essentials of good reports classification of reports different sections of short and
long reports
Unit 6
Non-Verbal Communication importance of non-verbal communication Kinesics Proxemics
Hepatics Chronemics Paralanguage Artifacts
Reference Books
1 Lesikar RV amp Flatley MEBasic Business Communication Skills for Empowering the Internet
Generation Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd New Delhi
2 Ludlow R amp Panton F The Essence of Effective Communications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
3 Bowman JP amp Branchaw PP (1987) Business Communications From Process to Product Dryden
Press Chicago
SM-108 Computer Application in Management 0-0-2
Introduction to OS- DOS WINDOWS Computer Applications in Decision Making Scientific
Research and Business Organization Working with Word Processing and Graphics Packages
Familiarity with Spread Sheet and Data base Packages Introduction to special packages for Business
Administration Case studies
SM-109 Comprehensive Viva Voce 0-0-4
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
Semester II
SM-201 Human Resource Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource management in
a competitive business environment Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic
Human Resource Management
13
Unit 2 Manpower planning
Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource
Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses
Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent
Management
Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection
Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and
methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement
Unit 4 Training and Development
TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes
Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development
Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management
Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal
and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope
concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management
Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies
Unit 6 Industrial Relations
Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of discipline
counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare
Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource
Accounting International Human Resources Management
Reference Books
1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource
Management John Wiley
2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education
3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29
14
SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions
Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and
Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds
Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio
Analysis
Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)
Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach
Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal
Funds
Unit 3 Capital Budgeting
Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital
Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent
and Dependent Risk Analysis
Unit 4 Working capital Decision
Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working
Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk
Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle
Unit 5 Dividend Decision
Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner
Model
Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues
Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill
2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th
ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases
Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi
3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e
15
SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory
descriptive and conclusive research
Unit 2 Defining a research problem
Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making
process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing
research activity
Unit 3 Research design
Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information
primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and
questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from
experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors
Unit 4 Data Analysis
Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well
as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation
Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems
Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research
Attitude Measurement
Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation
Reference Books
1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson
Education Asia
2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS
3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons
SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP
Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income
16
Unit 2 Consumption Function
Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier
process Government sector
Unit 3 Fiscal Policy
Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income
Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of
money
Unit 4 money Control instruments
The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of
interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation
of the aggregate demand curve
Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy
Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function
Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run
Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations
Unit 6 Contemporary Issues
Reference Books
1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th
Ed Excel Books
2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)
3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)
SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1
Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current
knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice
Unit 2
Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit
knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge
Unit 3
Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and
business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques
Unit 4
17
KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management
Implementation and measuring the value of KM
Unit 5
Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological
developments
Unit 6
Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology
innovation process
Reference Books
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech
Print on Demand 1st edition
3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group
Publishing UK 2001
SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs
Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory
Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements
planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains
Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution
management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility
and agility in SC Smart Pricing
Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand
Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash
channels of distribution
Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System
in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games
18
Reference Books
1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash
Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007
2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008
SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing
Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to
Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL
Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and
Business Process Re-engineering
Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data
centres XML Groupware web services etc
Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment
Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT
Reference Books
1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner
Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe
2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph
Valacich (PHI Learning)
3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane
PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)
SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0
19
Unit 1
Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void
voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts
Unit 2
Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of
ownership in goods Auctions sale
Unit 3
Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and
Bouncing of cheques
Unit 4
Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online
registration of companies Types of companies
Unit 5
Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital
shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers
and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company
Unit 6
Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal
machinery
Reference Books
1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009
2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th
edition
3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)
SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
SEMESTER III
20
SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management
Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management
Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design
Unit 2 Strategy Identification
Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies
Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in
Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices
Industry and Competitive Analysis
Unit 3 Strategic Formulation
Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external
context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and
the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain
Unit 4 Strategy Implementation
Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate
Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies
Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation
Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and
Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective
acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing
Unit 6 Globalization and strategy
Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International
Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy
Reference Books
1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and
cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi
2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management
Frank Bros amp Co
3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New
Delhi
21
SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major
Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment
Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological
Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in
International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business
Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the
Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational
Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations
Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing
Countries
Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary
System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and
Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency
Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank
MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements
Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA
APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings
Reference Books
1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc
2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India
3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan
SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0
Language such as French Japanese German will be covered
Unit 1 Basics of communication
Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language
Unit 3 Verbal Communication
Unit 4 Written Communication
Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies
Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises
22
4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each
SEMESTER IV
SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project
management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager
Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle
Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work
breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization
Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final
project schedule manually or by using automated tools
Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation
and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling
Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and
control elements factor contribute to successful project control
Reference Books
1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed
Indianapolis Wiley Publishing
2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting
methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons
3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000
23
SM-402 Corporate Governance
Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance
Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR
Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics
Comprehensive Case Studies
Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive
Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR
Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation
of the Firm
Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case
Study
Reference Books
1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th
edition
2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers
2000
3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001
4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each
ELECTIVES
A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMA-01 Management Information System
Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications
Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business
Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet
Enterprise communication and collaboration
Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools
of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization
analysis data mining for decision support
Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design
(DFD and ER diagrams)
24
Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial
intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality
Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges
Reference Books
1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication
2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education
3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in
the new economy
Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing
industry case)
Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and
revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal
Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface
market communication
Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay
eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc
Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries
Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc
Reference Books
1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies
McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001
2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society
Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)
3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge
AMACOM NY 2000
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
25
Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix
Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery
Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework
Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and
Back Office Operation
Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services
Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing
Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call
Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management
Services IT Consulting Services
Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web
Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom
Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services
Reference Books
1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson
Education Asia
2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson
3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson
Education Asia
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and
Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study
Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap
Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP
Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP
Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash
Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash
Case Studies
Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process
Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful
BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches
26
Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional
Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables
Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware
Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System
Architecture
Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross
Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score
Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning
Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005
3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
SMA-05 Data Base Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management
Systems
Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model
Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design
Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL
Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill
2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft
Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION
3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley
27
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK
PSK Features
Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression
Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band
Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges
Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN
Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting
Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM
Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network
Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication
Mobile communication
Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless
technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script
Reference Books
1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall
2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks
Kindle books
3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th
edition
SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security
Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies
Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through
Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting
Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency
Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM
GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and
limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details
Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS
Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks
Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model
architecture amp protocol stack
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
3
Elective List -I
Group A Knowledge and Technology Management
Group B Supply Chain Management
Group C Information Technology Management
Elective List -II
Group D Marketing Management
Group E Financial Management
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
4
LIST OF ELECTIVES
A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMA-01 Management Information System
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
SMA-05 Data Base Management
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
SMA-07 Mobile commerce and Security
SMA-08 Knowledge management and Innovation
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
SMA-12 Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
B-SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT
SMB-01Total Quality Management
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
SMB-03 Retail Management
SMB-04 Transportation Management
SMB-05 Service Operations Management
SMB-06 SCM and Customers Relationship Management
SMB-07 Business Process Re-engineering
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC-01 Strategic telecommunication Management
5
SMC-02 Data warehousing and Database Management
SMC-03 Business System Analysis and Design
SMC-04 Knowledge Management amp Innovation
SMC-05 Managing Software Exports
SMC-06 Mobile Commerce amp Security
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
SMC-08 E-Governance
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
SMC-10 Business Process Re-engineering
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
SMC-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
D- MARKETING MANAGEMENT
SMD-01 International marketing management
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
E- FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
SME-01Security analysis and portfolio Management
SME-02 Mergers Acquisition and Corporate restructuring
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
SME-04 International Financial Management
SME-05 Investment Banking
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
6
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
SME-09 Commodity and Price Risk management
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
SME 11 Econometric and Financial Modeling
SME-12 Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in FM
F-ORGANIZATION BEHAVIOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation
SMF-02 Compensation Management
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies
SMF-04 Human Resource Development Strategies and Systems
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and Global Human Resource Management
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
SMF-07 Management of Training and development
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers
7
Semester I
SM-101 Management Process and Organizational Behaviour 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Meaning and Nature of Management The evolution of management thought Functions and skills of a
manager Management Approaches Processes Managerial Skills Tasks and Responsibilities of a
Professional Manager
Unit 2 Organizational Structure and Process
Organizational design six key elements of organizational design types of organizational design
organizational structure Managerial Ethos Managerial Communication
Unit 3 Managing activities
Planning need for planning types of planning and the elements of planning Managerial decision
making- types of managerial decisions steps in decision-making process
Unit 4 Controlling
Problem Solving Techniques Controlling Process and Techniques Budgetary and Non Budgetary
control techniques PERT CPM
Unit 5 Organization Behaviour An Introduction Behavioural Dynamics
Foundations of individual behavior Personality Perception Learning Values Attitudes Motivation
Interpersonal Dynamics Group Dynamics Leadership theories and styles Management of conflict and
negotiation
Unit 6 Organisational Culture and Change Organisational culture Organisational change nature and forces of change resistance to change and
management of resistance to change Work stress sources and consequences of stress and its
management
Reference Books
1 Robbins SP amp Decenzo D (2002) Fundamental of Management Pearson Education
2 Stoner etal (2002) Management Prentice Hall of India
3 Luthans F (2004) Organisational Behaviour McGraw Hill International Edition
SM- 102 Financial Accounting 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to Accounting Importance Objectives and Principles Accounting Concepts and
conventions and The Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) Accounting Standards
8
Issued by ICAI (Focus on importance of Standards to give a general view on Financial Accounting
practices) Creative Financial Practices and Issues related to quality of disclosures in reported earnings
window dressing and limitations of financial statements
Unit 2 The Accounting Process Overview
Books of Original Record Journal and Subsidiary books ledger Trial Balance Classification of capital
and revenue expenses Final Accounts with adjustments
Unit 3 Valuation of fixed assets Tangible vs Intangible assets depreciation of fixed assets and methods of depreciation
Unit 4 Inventory Valuation Methods of inventory valuation and valuation of goodwill methods of valuation of goodwill
Unit 5 Financial Analysis Statement of Changes in Working Capital Funds from Operations paid cost and unpaid costs
Distinction between cash profits and book profits Preparation and analysis of cash flow statement and
funds flow statement Analysis and interpretation of financial statements from investor and company
point of view Horizontal Analysis and Vertical Analysis of Company Financial Statements Liquidity
leverage solvency and profitability ratios ndash Du Pont Chart -A Case study on Ratio Analysis
Unit 6 Cost concepts
Cost-Volume-Profit (CVP) relationship and profit planning Budgeting Full costing and variable
costing methods Cost analysis for Decision- Making Standard costing and variance analysis
Reference Books
1 Ashok Banerjee Financial Accounting Second Edition Excel Books New Delhi 2006
2 DrSN Maheshwari and DrSK Maheshwari Financial Accounting Vikas Publishing House
Pvt Ltd 2007
3 Asish K Bhattacharyya Financial Accounting for Business Managers-PHI2006
SM-103 Marketing Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to marketing function genesis the marketing concepts Marketing Management systems-
objectives its interfaces with other functions in the organization The concept of marketing mix Types
of Goods
Unit 2 Marketing Environment
Environment of marketing- political environment economic environment Legal social and cultural
environment
Unit 3 Market segmentation
9
Market segmentation Industrial Marketing Service Marketing and International Marketing Consumer
buying behavior Ethical issues in marketing
Unit 4 Marketing strategy
Marketing strategy- Marketing planning and Marketing programming Product policy the concept of
product life cycle New product decisions Test marketing Pricing Policy amp Strategies
Unit 5 Management of distribution
Management of distribution- channels of distribution Advertising and promotions the concept of
unique selling proposition Implementation and control the marketing organization
Unit 6 Demand forecasting
Demand forecasting Budgeting Management of Sales Force and Evaluation of Performance
Marketing audit
Reference Books
1 Philip Kotler (2003) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation amp Control
Prentice Hall of India
2 Michael J E Bruce J W and Williom J S (13th Edition 2004) Marketing Management Tata
McGrawHill New Delhi
3 Louis E Boone and David L Kurtz (2001) Contemporary Marketing Harcourt Collye Publishers
SM-104 Managerial Economics 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Micro versus Macroeconomics Theory of consumer behavior and demand Consumer preferences
Indifference curve Consumer equilibrium Demand function Income and substitution effects
Unit 2 Production Function
The Slutsky equation Market demand Elasticities Average and marginal revenue Revealed
preference theory of firm Production functions Law of variable proportions Laws of return to scale
Unit 3 Cost Function
Isoquants Input substitution Equilibrium of the firm Expansion path Cost function Theory of costs
Short Run and long run costs Shape of LAC Economies and diseconomies of scale
Unit 4 Theory of Pricing
Market equilibrium under perfect competition Equilibrium under alternative forms of market
Monopoly- pure and discriminating Monopolistic competition Oligopoly Pricing practices and
strategies
Unit 5 National Indicators ( GDP GNP WPI CPI )
National Income Accounting and Economic Indicators Business Cycle-Inflation-Fiscal and Monetary
Policies
10
Reference Books
1 Doane PDavid Seward ELori Applied Statistics in Business and Economics Tata McGraw Hill
2007
2 Nordhaus amp Samuelson Economics 18th Edition Tata McGraw Hill 2007
3 Suma Damodaran Managerial Economics Oxford University Press 2006
SM-105 Quantitative Methods 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Nature and role of statistics in management Measures of central tendency and dispersion Introduction
to probability theory Probability distributions - continuous and discrete Sampling distributions
Estimation and hypothesis testing t-test ANOVA Chi-square test Non-parametric tests Correlation
and regression analysis Applications of statistical packages
Unit 2 Decision Theory
Game Theory Markov Chains
Unit 3 Linear Programming
Formulation and applications solution through graphical method and Simplex methods
Unit 4 Transportation assignment and transshipment problems
Unit 5 Integer Programming-
Formulation and solution Non-Linear Programming Dynamic Programming Multiple Criteria
Decision making Goal programming
Unit 6 Project scheduling-
PERT and CPM Queuing theory Monte Carlo Simulation- concepts and applications Case Studies
and use of OR software packages
Reference Books
1 ldquoOperations Researchrdquo J K Sharma McMillan India
2 ldquo Quantitative Techniques in Managementrdquo N D Vohra Tata McGraw Hill Publications 3e 4th
reprint 2007
3 Quantitative Methods for Business Anderson Williams et-al b10th edition Thompson
SM- 106 Productions and Operations Management 4-0-0
Unit 1
Introduction to operations management- role scope and interface with marketing finance strategy
Types of production systems Concepts of productivity competitiveness Decisions in POM Case
Study
11
Unit 2
Demand forecasting Time Series Regression Analysis and Qualitative techniques Forecast Error Case
study
Unit 3
Work Study Work Measurement Activity Sampling MOST Ergonomics Learning Curve
Unit 4
Product Design and Process Selection Service Design Outsourcing Make buy decision Value
Engineering QFD Concurrent Engineering
Unit 5
Facility Planning- location layout Line balancing Analytical tools and techniques for facility planning
and design Aggregate planning Operations scheduling Project Management CPM PERT Slacks
Project crashing Resource Leveling
Unit 6
Total Quality Management (TQM) Statistical Process Control (SPC) Acceptance Sampling Six-
sigma ISO 9000 Maintenance management JIT FMS MIS Simulation Role of IT in manufacturing
Case studies
Reference Books
1 Charry SN (2005) Production and Operation Management- Concepts Methods amp Strategy John
Willy amp Sons Asia Pvt Limited
2 Adam Jr E and Ebert R (1998) Production and Operation Management
SM-107 Business Communication 2-0-0
Unit 1
Communication Process Model of the communication process Types of Organizational
Communication Channels of Communication Objectives of Business Communication
Unit 2
Principles of Effective Communications (7 C‟s of Communication) Barriers in communication
Unit 3
Oral Communication
Making effective presentations Meeting Interview Listening
Unit 4
Written Communication
E-mails Memorandums Business Letters Writing different types of business messages Direct
request Good-news and neutral messages Bad-news messages persuasive requests
12
Unit 5
Reports Definition essentials of good reports classification of reports different sections of short and
long reports
Unit 6
Non-Verbal Communication importance of non-verbal communication Kinesics Proxemics
Hepatics Chronemics Paralanguage Artifacts
Reference Books
1 Lesikar RV amp Flatley MEBasic Business Communication Skills for Empowering the Internet
Generation Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd New Delhi
2 Ludlow R amp Panton F The Essence of Effective Communications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
3 Bowman JP amp Branchaw PP (1987) Business Communications From Process to Product Dryden
Press Chicago
SM-108 Computer Application in Management 0-0-2
Introduction to OS- DOS WINDOWS Computer Applications in Decision Making Scientific
Research and Business Organization Working with Word Processing and Graphics Packages
Familiarity with Spread Sheet and Data base Packages Introduction to special packages for Business
Administration Case studies
SM-109 Comprehensive Viva Voce 0-0-4
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
Semester II
SM-201 Human Resource Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource management in
a competitive business environment Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic
Human Resource Management
13
Unit 2 Manpower planning
Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource
Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses
Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent
Management
Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection
Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and
methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement
Unit 4 Training and Development
TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes
Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development
Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management
Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal
and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope
concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management
Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies
Unit 6 Industrial Relations
Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of discipline
counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare
Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource
Accounting International Human Resources Management
Reference Books
1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource
Management John Wiley
2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education
3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29
14
SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions
Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and
Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds
Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio
Analysis
Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)
Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach
Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal
Funds
Unit 3 Capital Budgeting
Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital
Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent
and Dependent Risk Analysis
Unit 4 Working capital Decision
Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working
Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk
Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle
Unit 5 Dividend Decision
Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner
Model
Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues
Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill
2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th
ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases
Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi
3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e
15
SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory
descriptive and conclusive research
Unit 2 Defining a research problem
Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making
process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing
research activity
Unit 3 Research design
Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information
primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and
questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from
experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors
Unit 4 Data Analysis
Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well
as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation
Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems
Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research
Attitude Measurement
Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation
Reference Books
1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson
Education Asia
2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS
3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons
SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP
Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income
16
Unit 2 Consumption Function
Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier
process Government sector
Unit 3 Fiscal Policy
Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income
Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of
money
Unit 4 money Control instruments
The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of
interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation
of the aggregate demand curve
Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy
Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function
Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run
Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations
Unit 6 Contemporary Issues
Reference Books
1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th
Ed Excel Books
2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)
3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)
SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1
Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current
knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice
Unit 2
Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit
knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge
Unit 3
Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and
business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques
Unit 4
17
KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management
Implementation and measuring the value of KM
Unit 5
Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological
developments
Unit 6
Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology
innovation process
Reference Books
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech
Print on Demand 1st edition
3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group
Publishing UK 2001
SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs
Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory
Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements
planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains
Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution
management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility
and agility in SC Smart Pricing
Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand
Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash
channels of distribution
Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System
in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games
18
Reference Books
1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash
Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007
2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008
SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing
Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to
Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL
Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and
Business Process Re-engineering
Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data
centres XML Groupware web services etc
Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment
Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT
Reference Books
1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner
Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe
2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph
Valacich (PHI Learning)
3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane
PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)
SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0
19
Unit 1
Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void
voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts
Unit 2
Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of
ownership in goods Auctions sale
Unit 3
Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and
Bouncing of cheques
Unit 4
Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online
registration of companies Types of companies
Unit 5
Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital
shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers
and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company
Unit 6
Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal
machinery
Reference Books
1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009
2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th
edition
3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)
SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
SEMESTER III
20
SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management
Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management
Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design
Unit 2 Strategy Identification
Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies
Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in
Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices
Industry and Competitive Analysis
Unit 3 Strategic Formulation
Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external
context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and
the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain
Unit 4 Strategy Implementation
Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate
Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies
Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation
Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and
Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective
acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing
Unit 6 Globalization and strategy
Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International
Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy
Reference Books
1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and
cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi
2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management
Frank Bros amp Co
3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New
Delhi
21
SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major
Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment
Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological
Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in
International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business
Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the
Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational
Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations
Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing
Countries
Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary
System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and
Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency
Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank
MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements
Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA
APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings
Reference Books
1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc
2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India
3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan
SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0
Language such as French Japanese German will be covered
Unit 1 Basics of communication
Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language
Unit 3 Verbal Communication
Unit 4 Written Communication
Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies
Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises
22
4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each
SEMESTER IV
SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project
management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager
Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle
Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work
breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization
Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final
project schedule manually or by using automated tools
Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation
and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling
Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and
control elements factor contribute to successful project control
Reference Books
1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed
Indianapolis Wiley Publishing
2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting
methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons
3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000
23
SM-402 Corporate Governance
Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance
Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR
Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics
Comprehensive Case Studies
Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive
Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR
Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation
of the Firm
Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case
Study
Reference Books
1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th
edition
2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers
2000
3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001
4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each
ELECTIVES
A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMA-01 Management Information System
Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications
Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business
Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet
Enterprise communication and collaboration
Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools
of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization
analysis data mining for decision support
Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design
(DFD and ER diagrams)
24
Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial
intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality
Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges
Reference Books
1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication
2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education
3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in
the new economy
Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing
industry case)
Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and
revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal
Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface
market communication
Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay
eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc
Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries
Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc
Reference Books
1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies
McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001
2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society
Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)
3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge
AMACOM NY 2000
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
25
Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix
Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery
Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework
Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and
Back Office Operation
Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services
Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing
Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call
Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management
Services IT Consulting Services
Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web
Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom
Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services
Reference Books
1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson
Education Asia
2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson
3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson
Education Asia
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and
Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study
Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap
Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP
Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP
Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash
Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash
Case Studies
Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process
Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful
BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches
26
Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional
Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables
Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware
Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System
Architecture
Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross
Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score
Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning
Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005
3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
SMA-05 Data Base Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management
Systems
Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model
Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design
Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL
Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill
2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft
Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION
3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley
27
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK
PSK Features
Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression
Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band
Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges
Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN
Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting
Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM
Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network
Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication
Mobile communication
Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless
technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script
Reference Books
1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall
2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks
Kindle books
3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th
edition
SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security
Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies
Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through
Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting
Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency
Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM
GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and
limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details
Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS
Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks
Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model
architecture amp protocol stack
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
4
LIST OF ELECTIVES
A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMA-01 Management Information System
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
SMA-05 Data Base Management
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
SMA-07 Mobile commerce and Security
SMA-08 Knowledge management and Innovation
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
SMA-12 Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
B-SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT
SMB-01Total Quality Management
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
SMB-03 Retail Management
SMB-04 Transportation Management
SMB-05 Service Operations Management
SMB-06 SCM and Customers Relationship Management
SMB-07 Business Process Re-engineering
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC-01 Strategic telecommunication Management
5
SMC-02 Data warehousing and Database Management
SMC-03 Business System Analysis and Design
SMC-04 Knowledge Management amp Innovation
SMC-05 Managing Software Exports
SMC-06 Mobile Commerce amp Security
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
SMC-08 E-Governance
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
SMC-10 Business Process Re-engineering
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
SMC-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
D- MARKETING MANAGEMENT
SMD-01 International marketing management
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
E- FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
SME-01Security analysis and portfolio Management
SME-02 Mergers Acquisition and Corporate restructuring
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
SME-04 International Financial Management
SME-05 Investment Banking
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
6
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
SME-09 Commodity and Price Risk management
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
SME 11 Econometric and Financial Modeling
SME-12 Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in FM
F-ORGANIZATION BEHAVIOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation
SMF-02 Compensation Management
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies
SMF-04 Human Resource Development Strategies and Systems
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and Global Human Resource Management
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
SMF-07 Management of Training and development
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers
7
Semester I
SM-101 Management Process and Organizational Behaviour 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Meaning and Nature of Management The evolution of management thought Functions and skills of a
manager Management Approaches Processes Managerial Skills Tasks and Responsibilities of a
Professional Manager
Unit 2 Organizational Structure and Process
Organizational design six key elements of organizational design types of organizational design
organizational structure Managerial Ethos Managerial Communication
Unit 3 Managing activities
Planning need for planning types of planning and the elements of planning Managerial decision
making- types of managerial decisions steps in decision-making process
Unit 4 Controlling
Problem Solving Techniques Controlling Process and Techniques Budgetary and Non Budgetary
control techniques PERT CPM
Unit 5 Organization Behaviour An Introduction Behavioural Dynamics
Foundations of individual behavior Personality Perception Learning Values Attitudes Motivation
Interpersonal Dynamics Group Dynamics Leadership theories and styles Management of conflict and
negotiation
Unit 6 Organisational Culture and Change Organisational culture Organisational change nature and forces of change resistance to change and
management of resistance to change Work stress sources and consequences of stress and its
management
Reference Books
1 Robbins SP amp Decenzo D (2002) Fundamental of Management Pearson Education
2 Stoner etal (2002) Management Prentice Hall of India
3 Luthans F (2004) Organisational Behaviour McGraw Hill International Edition
SM- 102 Financial Accounting 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to Accounting Importance Objectives and Principles Accounting Concepts and
conventions and The Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) Accounting Standards
8
Issued by ICAI (Focus on importance of Standards to give a general view on Financial Accounting
practices) Creative Financial Practices and Issues related to quality of disclosures in reported earnings
window dressing and limitations of financial statements
Unit 2 The Accounting Process Overview
Books of Original Record Journal and Subsidiary books ledger Trial Balance Classification of capital
and revenue expenses Final Accounts with adjustments
Unit 3 Valuation of fixed assets Tangible vs Intangible assets depreciation of fixed assets and methods of depreciation
Unit 4 Inventory Valuation Methods of inventory valuation and valuation of goodwill methods of valuation of goodwill
Unit 5 Financial Analysis Statement of Changes in Working Capital Funds from Operations paid cost and unpaid costs
Distinction between cash profits and book profits Preparation and analysis of cash flow statement and
funds flow statement Analysis and interpretation of financial statements from investor and company
point of view Horizontal Analysis and Vertical Analysis of Company Financial Statements Liquidity
leverage solvency and profitability ratios ndash Du Pont Chart -A Case study on Ratio Analysis
Unit 6 Cost concepts
Cost-Volume-Profit (CVP) relationship and profit planning Budgeting Full costing and variable
costing methods Cost analysis for Decision- Making Standard costing and variance analysis
Reference Books
1 Ashok Banerjee Financial Accounting Second Edition Excel Books New Delhi 2006
2 DrSN Maheshwari and DrSK Maheshwari Financial Accounting Vikas Publishing House
Pvt Ltd 2007
3 Asish K Bhattacharyya Financial Accounting for Business Managers-PHI2006
SM-103 Marketing Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to marketing function genesis the marketing concepts Marketing Management systems-
objectives its interfaces with other functions in the organization The concept of marketing mix Types
of Goods
Unit 2 Marketing Environment
Environment of marketing- political environment economic environment Legal social and cultural
environment
Unit 3 Market segmentation
9
Market segmentation Industrial Marketing Service Marketing and International Marketing Consumer
buying behavior Ethical issues in marketing
Unit 4 Marketing strategy
Marketing strategy- Marketing planning and Marketing programming Product policy the concept of
product life cycle New product decisions Test marketing Pricing Policy amp Strategies
Unit 5 Management of distribution
Management of distribution- channels of distribution Advertising and promotions the concept of
unique selling proposition Implementation and control the marketing organization
Unit 6 Demand forecasting
Demand forecasting Budgeting Management of Sales Force and Evaluation of Performance
Marketing audit
Reference Books
1 Philip Kotler (2003) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation amp Control
Prentice Hall of India
2 Michael J E Bruce J W and Williom J S (13th Edition 2004) Marketing Management Tata
McGrawHill New Delhi
3 Louis E Boone and David L Kurtz (2001) Contemporary Marketing Harcourt Collye Publishers
SM-104 Managerial Economics 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Micro versus Macroeconomics Theory of consumer behavior and demand Consumer preferences
Indifference curve Consumer equilibrium Demand function Income and substitution effects
Unit 2 Production Function
The Slutsky equation Market demand Elasticities Average and marginal revenue Revealed
preference theory of firm Production functions Law of variable proportions Laws of return to scale
Unit 3 Cost Function
Isoquants Input substitution Equilibrium of the firm Expansion path Cost function Theory of costs
Short Run and long run costs Shape of LAC Economies and diseconomies of scale
Unit 4 Theory of Pricing
Market equilibrium under perfect competition Equilibrium under alternative forms of market
Monopoly- pure and discriminating Monopolistic competition Oligopoly Pricing practices and
strategies
Unit 5 National Indicators ( GDP GNP WPI CPI )
National Income Accounting and Economic Indicators Business Cycle-Inflation-Fiscal and Monetary
Policies
10
Reference Books
1 Doane PDavid Seward ELori Applied Statistics in Business and Economics Tata McGraw Hill
2007
2 Nordhaus amp Samuelson Economics 18th Edition Tata McGraw Hill 2007
3 Suma Damodaran Managerial Economics Oxford University Press 2006
SM-105 Quantitative Methods 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Nature and role of statistics in management Measures of central tendency and dispersion Introduction
to probability theory Probability distributions - continuous and discrete Sampling distributions
Estimation and hypothesis testing t-test ANOVA Chi-square test Non-parametric tests Correlation
and regression analysis Applications of statistical packages
Unit 2 Decision Theory
Game Theory Markov Chains
Unit 3 Linear Programming
Formulation and applications solution through graphical method and Simplex methods
Unit 4 Transportation assignment and transshipment problems
Unit 5 Integer Programming-
Formulation and solution Non-Linear Programming Dynamic Programming Multiple Criteria
Decision making Goal programming
Unit 6 Project scheduling-
PERT and CPM Queuing theory Monte Carlo Simulation- concepts and applications Case Studies
and use of OR software packages
Reference Books
1 ldquoOperations Researchrdquo J K Sharma McMillan India
2 ldquo Quantitative Techniques in Managementrdquo N D Vohra Tata McGraw Hill Publications 3e 4th
reprint 2007
3 Quantitative Methods for Business Anderson Williams et-al b10th edition Thompson
SM- 106 Productions and Operations Management 4-0-0
Unit 1
Introduction to operations management- role scope and interface with marketing finance strategy
Types of production systems Concepts of productivity competitiveness Decisions in POM Case
Study
11
Unit 2
Demand forecasting Time Series Regression Analysis and Qualitative techniques Forecast Error Case
study
Unit 3
Work Study Work Measurement Activity Sampling MOST Ergonomics Learning Curve
Unit 4
Product Design and Process Selection Service Design Outsourcing Make buy decision Value
Engineering QFD Concurrent Engineering
Unit 5
Facility Planning- location layout Line balancing Analytical tools and techniques for facility planning
and design Aggregate planning Operations scheduling Project Management CPM PERT Slacks
Project crashing Resource Leveling
Unit 6
Total Quality Management (TQM) Statistical Process Control (SPC) Acceptance Sampling Six-
sigma ISO 9000 Maintenance management JIT FMS MIS Simulation Role of IT in manufacturing
Case studies
Reference Books
1 Charry SN (2005) Production and Operation Management- Concepts Methods amp Strategy John
Willy amp Sons Asia Pvt Limited
2 Adam Jr E and Ebert R (1998) Production and Operation Management
SM-107 Business Communication 2-0-0
Unit 1
Communication Process Model of the communication process Types of Organizational
Communication Channels of Communication Objectives of Business Communication
Unit 2
Principles of Effective Communications (7 C‟s of Communication) Barriers in communication
Unit 3
Oral Communication
Making effective presentations Meeting Interview Listening
Unit 4
Written Communication
E-mails Memorandums Business Letters Writing different types of business messages Direct
request Good-news and neutral messages Bad-news messages persuasive requests
12
Unit 5
Reports Definition essentials of good reports classification of reports different sections of short and
long reports
Unit 6
Non-Verbal Communication importance of non-verbal communication Kinesics Proxemics
Hepatics Chronemics Paralanguage Artifacts
Reference Books
1 Lesikar RV amp Flatley MEBasic Business Communication Skills for Empowering the Internet
Generation Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd New Delhi
2 Ludlow R amp Panton F The Essence of Effective Communications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
3 Bowman JP amp Branchaw PP (1987) Business Communications From Process to Product Dryden
Press Chicago
SM-108 Computer Application in Management 0-0-2
Introduction to OS- DOS WINDOWS Computer Applications in Decision Making Scientific
Research and Business Organization Working with Word Processing and Graphics Packages
Familiarity with Spread Sheet and Data base Packages Introduction to special packages for Business
Administration Case studies
SM-109 Comprehensive Viva Voce 0-0-4
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
Semester II
SM-201 Human Resource Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource management in
a competitive business environment Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic
Human Resource Management
13
Unit 2 Manpower planning
Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource
Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses
Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent
Management
Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection
Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and
methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement
Unit 4 Training and Development
TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes
Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development
Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management
Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal
and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope
concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management
Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies
Unit 6 Industrial Relations
Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of discipline
counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare
Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource
Accounting International Human Resources Management
Reference Books
1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource
Management John Wiley
2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education
3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29
14
SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions
Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and
Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds
Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio
Analysis
Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)
Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach
Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal
Funds
Unit 3 Capital Budgeting
Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital
Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent
and Dependent Risk Analysis
Unit 4 Working capital Decision
Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working
Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk
Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle
Unit 5 Dividend Decision
Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner
Model
Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues
Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill
2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th
ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases
Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi
3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e
15
SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory
descriptive and conclusive research
Unit 2 Defining a research problem
Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making
process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing
research activity
Unit 3 Research design
Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information
primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and
questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from
experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors
Unit 4 Data Analysis
Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well
as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation
Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems
Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research
Attitude Measurement
Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation
Reference Books
1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson
Education Asia
2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS
3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons
SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP
Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income
16
Unit 2 Consumption Function
Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier
process Government sector
Unit 3 Fiscal Policy
Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income
Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of
money
Unit 4 money Control instruments
The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of
interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation
of the aggregate demand curve
Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy
Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function
Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run
Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations
Unit 6 Contemporary Issues
Reference Books
1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th
Ed Excel Books
2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)
3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)
SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1
Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current
knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice
Unit 2
Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit
knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge
Unit 3
Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and
business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques
Unit 4
17
KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management
Implementation and measuring the value of KM
Unit 5
Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological
developments
Unit 6
Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology
innovation process
Reference Books
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech
Print on Demand 1st edition
3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group
Publishing UK 2001
SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs
Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory
Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements
planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains
Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution
management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility
and agility in SC Smart Pricing
Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand
Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash
channels of distribution
Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System
in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games
18
Reference Books
1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash
Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007
2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008
SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing
Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to
Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL
Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and
Business Process Re-engineering
Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data
centres XML Groupware web services etc
Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment
Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT
Reference Books
1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner
Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe
2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph
Valacich (PHI Learning)
3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane
PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)
SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0
19
Unit 1
Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void
voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts
Unit 2
Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of
ownership in goods Auctions sale
Unit 3
Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and
Bouncing of cheques
Unit 4
Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online
registration of companies Types of companies
Unit 5
Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital
shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers
and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company
Unit 6
Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal
machinery
Reference Books
1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009
2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th
edition
3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)
SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
SEMESTER III
20
SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management
Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management
Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design
Unit 2 Strategy Identification
Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies
Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in
Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices
Industry and Competitive Analysis
Unit 3 Strategic Formulation
Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external
context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and
the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain
Unit 4 Strategy Implementation
Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate
Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies
Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation
Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and
Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective
acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing
Unit 6 Globalization and strategy
Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International
Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy
Reference Books
1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and
cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi
2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management
Frank Bros amp Co
3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New
Delhi
21
SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major
Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment
Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological
Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in
International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business
Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the
Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational
Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations
Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing
Countries
Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary
System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and
Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency
Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank
MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements
Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA
APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings
Reference Books
1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc
2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India
3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan
SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0
Language such as French Japanese German will be covered
Unit 1 Basics of communication
Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language
Unit 3 Verbal Communication
Unit 4 Written Communication
Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies
Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises
22
4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each
SEMESTER IV
SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project
management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager
Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle
Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work
breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization
Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final
project schedule manually or by using automated tools
Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation
and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling
Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and
control elements factor contribute to successful project control
Reference Books
1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed
Indianapolis Wiley Publishing
2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting
methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons
3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000
23
SM-402 Corporate Governance
Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance
Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR
Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics
Comprehensive Case Studies
Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive
Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR
Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation
of the Firm
Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case
Study
Reference Books
1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th
edition
2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers
2000
3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001
4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each
ELECTIVES
A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMA-01 Management Information System
Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications
Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business
Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet
Enterprise communication and collaboration
Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools
of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization
analysis data mining for decision support
Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design
(DFD and ER diagrams)
24
Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial
intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality
Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges
Reference Books
1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication
2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education
3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in
the new economy
Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing
industry case)
Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and
revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal
Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface
market communication
Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay
eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc
Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries
Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc
Reference Books
1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies
McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001
2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society
Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)
3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge
AMACOM NY 2000
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
25
Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix
Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery
Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework
Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and
Back Office Operation
Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services
Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing
Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call
Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management
Services IT Consulting Services
Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web
Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom
Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services
Reference Books
1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson
Education Asia
2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson
3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson
Education Asia
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and
Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study
Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap
Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP
Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP
Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash
Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash
Case Studies
Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process
Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful
BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches
26
Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional
Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables
Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware
Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System
Architecture
Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross
Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score
Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning
Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005
3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
SMA-05 Data Base Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management
Systems
Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model
Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design
Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL
Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill
2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft
Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION
3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley
27
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK
PSK Features
Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression
Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band
Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges
Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN
Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting
Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM
Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network
Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication
Mobile communication
Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless
technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script
Reference Books
1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall
2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks
Kindle books
3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th
edition
SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security
Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies
Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through
Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting
Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency
Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM
GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and
limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details
Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS
Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks
Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model
architecture amp protocol stack
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
5
SMC-02 Data warehousing and Database Management
SMC-03 Business System Analysis and Design
SMC-04 Knowledge Management amp Innovation
SMC-05 Managing Software Exports
SMC-06 Mobile Commerce amp Security
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
SMC-08 E-Governance
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
SMC-10 Business Process Re-engineering
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
SMC-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
D- MARKETING MANAGEMENT
SMD-01 International marketing management
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
E- FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
SME-01Security analysis and portfolio Management
SME-02 Mergers Acquisition and Corporate restructuring
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
SME-04 International Financial Management
SME-05 Investment Banking
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
6
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
SME-09 Commodity and Price Risk management
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
SME 11 Econometric and Financial Modeling
SME-12 Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in FM
F-ORGANIZATION BEHAVIOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation
SMF-02 Compensation Management
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies
SMF-04 Human Resource Development Strategies and Systems
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and Global Human Resource Management
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
SMF-07 Management of Training and development
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers
7
Semester I
SM-101 Management Process and Organizational Behaviour 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Meaning and Nature of Management The evolution of management thought Functions and skills of a
manager Management Approaches Processes Managerial Skills Tasks and Responsibilities of a
Professional Manager
Unit 2 Organizational Structure and Process
Organizational design six key elements of organizational design types of organizational design
organizational structure Managerial Ethos Managerial Communication
Unit 3 Managing activities
Planning need for planning types of planning and the elements of planning Managerial decision
making- types of managerial decisions steps in decision-making process
Unit 4 Controlling
Problem Solving Techniques Controlling Process and Techniques Budgetary and Non Budgetary
control techniques PERT CPM
Unit 5 Organization Behaviour An Introduction Behavioural Dynamics
Foundations of individual behavior Personality Perception Learning Values Attitudes Motivation
Interpersonal Dynamics Group Dynamics Leadership theories and styles Management of conflict and
negotiation
Unit 6 Organisational Culture and Change Organisational culture Organisational change nature and forces of change resistance to change and
management of resistance to change Work stress sources and consequences of stress and its
management
Reference Books
1 Robbins SP amp Decenzo D (2002) Fundamental of Management Pearson Education
2 Stoner etal (2002) Management Prentice Hall of India
3 Luthans F (2004) Organisational Behaviour McGraw Hill International Edition
SM- 102 Financial Accounting 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to Accounting Importance Objectives and Principles Accounting Concepts and
conventions and The Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) Accounting Standards
8
Issued by ICAI (Focus on importance of Standards to give a general view on Financial Accounting
practices) Creative Financial Practices and Issues related to quality of disclosures in reported earnings
window dressing and limitations of financial statements
Unit 2 The Accounting Process Overview
Books of Original Record Journal and Subsidiary books ledger Trial Balance Classification of capital
and revenue expenses Final Accounts with adjustments
Unit 3 Valuation of fixed assets Tangible vs Intangible assets depreciation of fixed assets and methods of depreciation
Unit 4 Inventory Valuation Methods of inventory valuation and valuation of goodwill methods of valuation of goodwill
Unit 5 Financial Analysis Statement of Changes in Working Capital Funds from Operations paid cost and unpaid costs
Distinction between cash profits and book profits Preparation and analysis of cash flow statement and
funds flow statement Analysis and interpretation of financial statements from investor and company
point of view Horizontal Analysis and Vertical Analysis of Company Financial Statements Liquidity
leverage solvency and profitability ratios ndash Du Pont Chart -A Case study on Ratio Analysis
Unit 6 Cost concepts
Cost-Volume-Profit (CVP) relationship and profit planning Budgeting Full costing and variable
costing methods Cost analysis for Decision- Making Standard costing and variance analysis
Reference Books
1 Ashok Banerjee Financial Accounting Second Edition Excel Books New Delhi 2006
2 DrSN Maheshwari and DrSK Maheshwari Financial Accounting Vikas Publishing House
Pvt Ltd 2007
3 Asish K Bhattacharyya Financial Accounting for Business Managers-PHI2006
SM-103 Marketing Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to marketing function genesis the marketing concepts Marketing Management systems-
objectives its interfaces with other functions in the organization The concept of marketing mix Types
of Goods
Unit 2 Marketing Environment
Environment of marketing- political environment economic environment Legal social and cultural
environment
Unit 3 Market segmentation
9
Market segmentation Industrial Marketing Service Marketing and International Marketing Consumer
buying behavior Ethical issues in marketing
Unit 4 Marketing strategy
Marketing strategy- Marketing planning and Marketing programming Product policy the concept of
product life cycle New product decisions Test marketing Pricing Policy amp Strategies
Unit 5 Management of distribution
Management of distribution- channels of distribution Advertising and promotions the concept of
unique selling proposition Implementation and control the marketing organization
Unit 6 Demand forecasting
Demand forecasting Budgeting Management of Sales Force and Evaluation of Performance
Marketing audit
Reference Books
1 Philip Kotler (2003) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation amp Control
Prentice Hall of India
2 Michael J E Bruce J W and Williom J S (13th Edition 2004) Marketing Management Tata
McGrawHill New Delhi
3 Louis E Boone and David L Kurtz (2001) Contemporary Marketing Harcourt Collye Publishers
SM-104 Managerial Economics 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Micro versus Macroeconomics Theory of consumer behavior and demand Consumer preferences
Indifference curve Consumer equilibrium Demand function Income and substitution effects
Unit 2 Production Function
The Slutsky equation Market demand Elasticities Average and marginal revenue Revealed
preference theory of firm Production functions Law of variable proportions Laws of return to scale
Unit 3 Cost Function
Isoquants Input substitution Equilibrium of the firm Expansion path Cost function Theory of costs
Short Run and long run costs Shape of LAC Economies and diseconomies of scale
Unit 4 Theory of Pricing
Market equilibrium under perfect competition Equilibrium under alternative forms of market
Monopoly- pure and discriminating Monopolistic competition Oligopoly Pricing practices and
strategies
Unit 5 National Indicators ( GDP GNP WPI CPI )
National Income Accounting and Economic Indicators Business Cycle-Inflation-Fiscal and Monetary
Policies
10
Reference Books
1 Doane PDavid Seward ELori Applied Statistics in Business and Economics Tata McGraw Hill
2007
2 Nordhaus amp Samuelson Economics 18th Edition Tata McGraw Hill 2007
3 Suma Damodaran Managerial Economics Oxford University Press 2006
SM-105 Quantitative Methods 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Nature and role of statistics in management Measures of central tendency and dispersion Introduction
to probability theory Probability distributions - continuous and discrete Sampling distributions
Estimation and hypothesis testing t-test ANOVA Chi-square test Non-parametric tests Correlation
and regression analysis Applications of statistical packages
Unit 2 Decision Theory
Game Theory Markov Chains
Unit 3 Linear Programming
Formulation and applications solution through graphical method and Simplex methods
Unit 4 Transportation assignment and transshipment problems
Unit 5 Integer Programming-
Formulation and solution Non-Linear Programming Dynamic Programming Multiple Criteria
Decision making Goal programming
Unit 6 Project scheduling-
PERT and CPM Queuing theory Monte Carlo Simulation- concepts and applications Case Studies
and use of OR software packages
Reference Books
1 ldquoOperations Researchrdquo J K Sharma McMillan India
2 ldquo Quantitative Techniques in Managementrdquo N D Vohra Tata McGraw Hill Publications 3e 4th
reprint 2007
3 Quantitative Methods for Business Anderson Williams et-al b10th edition Thompson
SM- 106 Productions and Operations Management 4-0-0
Unit 1
Introduction to operations management- role scope and interface with marketing finance strategy
Types of production systems Concepts of productivity competitiveness Decisions in POM Case
Study
11
Unit 2
Demand forecasting Time Series Regression Analysis and Qualitative techniques Forecast Error Case
study
Unit 3
Work Study Work Measurement Activity Sampling MOST Ergonomics Learning Curve
Unit 4
Product Design and Process Selection Service Design Outsourcing Make buy decision Value
Engineering QFD Concurrent Engineering
Unit 5
Facility Planning- location layout Line balancing Analytical tools and techniques for facility planning
and design Aggregate planning Operations scheduling Project Management CPM PERT Slacks
Project crashing Resource Leveling
Unit 6
Total Quality Management (TQM) Statistical Process Control (SPC) Acceptance Sampling Six-
sigma ISO 9000 Maintenance management JIT FMS MIS Simulation Role of IT in manufacturing
Case studies
Reference Books
1 Charry SN (2005) Production and Operation Management- Concepts Methods amp Strategy John
Willy amp Sons Asia Pvt Limited
2 Adam Jr E and Ebert R (1998) Production and Operation Management
SM-107 Business Communication 2-0-0
Unit 1
Communication Process Model of the communication process Types of Organizational
Communication Channels of Communication Objectives of Business Communication
Unit 2
Principles of Effective Communications (7 C‟s of Communication) Barriers in communication
Unit 3
Oral Communication
Making effective presentations Meeting Interview Listening
Unit 4
Written Communication
E-mails Memorandums Business Letters Writing different types of business messages Direct
request Good-news and neutral messages Bad-news messages persuasive requests
12
Unit 5
Reports Definition essentials of good reports classification of reports different sections of short and
long reports
Unit 6
Non-Verbal Communication importance of non-verbal communication Kinesics Proxemics
Hepatics Chronemics Paralanguage Artifacts
Reference Books
1 Lesikar RV amp Flatley MEBasic Business Communication Skills for Empowering the Internet
Generation Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd New Delhi
2 Ludlow R amp Panton F The Essence of Effective Communications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
3 Bowman JP amp Branchaw PP (1987) Business Communications From Process to Product Dryden
Press Chicago
SM-108 Computer Application in Management 0-0-2
Introduction to OS- DOS WINDOWS Computer Applications in Decision Making Scientific
Research and Business Organization Working with Word Processing and Graphics Packages
Familiarity with Spread Sheet and Data base Packages Introduction to special packages for Business
Administration Case studies
SM-109 Comprehensive Viva Voce 0-0-4
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
Semester II
SM-201 Human Resource Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource management in
a competitive business environment Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic
Human Resource Management
13
Unit 2 Manpower planning
Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource
Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses
Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent
Management
Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection
Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and
methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement
Unit 4 Training and Development
TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes
Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development
Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management
Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal
and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope
concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management
Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies
Unit 6 Industrial Relations
Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of discipline
counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare
Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource
Accounting International Human Resources Management
Reference Books
1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource
Management John Wiley
2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education
3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29
14
SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions
Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and
Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds
Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio
Analysis
Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)
Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach
Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal
Funds
Unit 3 Capital Budgeting
Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital
Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent
and Dependent Risk Analysis
Unit 4 Working capital Decision
Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working
Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk
Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle
Unit 5 Dividend Decision
Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner
Model
Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues
Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill
2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th
ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases
Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi
3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e
15
SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory
descriptive and conclusive research
Unit 2 Defining a research problem
Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making
process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing
research activity
Unit 3 Research design
Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information
primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and
questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from
experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors
Unit 4 Data Analysis
Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well
as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation
Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems
Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research
Attitude Measurement
Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation
Reference Books
1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson
Education Asia
2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS
3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons
SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP
Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income
16
Unit 2 Consumption Function
Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier
process Government sector
Unit 3 Fiscal Policy
Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income
Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of
money
Unit 4 money Control instruments
The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of
interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation
of the aggregate demand curve
Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy
Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function
Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run
Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations
Unit 6 Contemporary Issues
Reference Books
1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th
Ed Excel Books
2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)
3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)
SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1
Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current
knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice
Unit 2
Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit
knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge
Unit 3
Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and
business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques
Unit 4
17
KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management
Implementation and measuring the value of KM
Unit 5
Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological
developments
Unit 6
Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology
innovation process
Reference Books
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech
Print on Demand 1st edition
3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group
Publishing UK 2001
SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs
Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory
Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements
planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains
Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution
management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility
and agility in SC Smart Pricing
Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand
Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash
channels of distribution
Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System
in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games
18
Reference Books
1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash
Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007
2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008
SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing
Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to
Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL
Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and
Business Process Re-engineering
Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data
centres XML Groupware web services etc
Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment
Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT
Reference Books
1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner
Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe
2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph
Valacich (PHI Learning)
3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane
PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)
SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0
19
Unit 1
Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void
voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts
Unit 2
Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of
ownership in goods Auctions sale
Unit 3
Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and
Bouncing of cheques
Unit 4
Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online
registration of companies Types of companies
Unit 5
Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital
shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers
and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company
Unit 6
Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal
machinery
Reference Books
1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009
2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th
edition
3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)
SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
SEMESTER III
20
SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management
Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management
Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design
Unit 2 Strategy Identification
Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies
Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in
Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices
Industry and Competitive Analysis
Unit 3 Strategic Formulation
Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external
context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and
the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain
Unit 4 Strategy Implementation
Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate
Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies
Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation
Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and
Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective
acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing
Unit 6 Globalization and strategy
Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International
Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy
Reference Books
1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and
cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi
2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management
Frank Bros amp Co
3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New
Delhi
21
SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major
Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment
Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological
Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in
International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business
Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the
Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational
Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations
Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing
Countries
Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary
System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and
Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency
Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank
MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements
Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA
APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings
Reference Books
1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc
2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India
3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan
SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0
Language such as French Japanese German will be covered
Unit 1 Basics of communication
Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language
Unit 3 Verbal Communication
Unit 4 Written Communication
Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies
Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises
22
4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each
SEMESTER IV
SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project
management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager
Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle
Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work
breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization
Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final
project schedule manually or by using automated tools
Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation
and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling
Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and
control elements factor contribute to successful project control
Reference Books
1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed
Indianapolis Wiley Publishing
2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting
methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons
3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000
23
SM-402 Corporate Governance
Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance
Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR
Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics
Comprehensive Case Studies
Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive
Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR
Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation
of the Firm
Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case
Study
Reference Books
1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th
edition
2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers
2000
3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001
4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each
ELECTIVES
A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMA-01 Management Information System
Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications
Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business
Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet
Enterprise communication and collaboration
Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools
of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization
analysis data mining for decision support
Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design
(DFD and ER diagrams)
24
Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial
intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality
Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges
Reference Books
1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication
2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education
3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in
the new economy
Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing
industry case)
Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and
revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal
Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface
market communication
Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay
eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc
Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries
Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc
Reference Books
1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies
McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001
2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society
Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)
3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge
AMACOM NY 2000
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
25
Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix
Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery
Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework
Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and
Back Office Operation
Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services
Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing
Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call
Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management
Services IT Consulting Services
Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web
Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom
Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services
Reference Books
1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson
Education Asia
2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson
3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson
Education Asia
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and
Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study
Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap
Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP
Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP
Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash
Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash
Case Studies
Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process
Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful
BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches
26
Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional
Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables
Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware
Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System
Architecture
Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross
Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score
Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning
Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005
3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
SMA-05 Data Base Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management
Systems
Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model
Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design
Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL
Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill
2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft
Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION
3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley
27
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK
PSK Features
Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression
Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band
Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges
Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN
Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting
Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM
Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network
Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication
Mobile communication
Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless
technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script
Reference Books
1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall
2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks
Kindle books
3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th
edition
SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security
Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies
Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through
Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting
Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency
Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM
GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and
limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details
Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS
Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks
Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model
architecture amp protocol stack
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
6
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
SME-09 Commodity and Price Risk management
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
SME 11 Econometric and Financial Modeling
SME-12 Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in FM
F-ORGANIZATION BEHAVIOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation
SMF-02 Compensation Management
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies
SMF-04 Human Resource Development Strategies and Systems
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and Global Human Resource Management
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
SMF-07 Management of Training and development
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers
7
Semester I
SM-101 Management Process and Organizational Behaviour 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Meaning and Nature of Management The evolution of management thought Functions and skills of a
manager Management Approaches Processes Managerial Skills Tasks and Responsibilities of a
Professional Manager
Unit 2 Organizational Structure and Process
Organizational design six key elements of organizational design types of organizational design
organizational structure Managerial Ethos Managerial Communication
Unit 3 Managing activities
Planning need for planning types of planning and the elements of planning Managerial decision
making- types of managerial decisions steps in decision-making process
Unit 4 Controlling
Problem Solving Techniques Controlling Process and Techniques Budgetary and Non Budgetary
control techniques PERT CPM
Unit 5 Organization Behaviour An Introduction Behavioural Dynamics
Foundations of individual behavior Personality Perception Learning Values Attitudes Motivation
Interpersonal Dynamics Group Dynamics Leadership theories and styles Management of conflict and
negotiation
Unit 6 Organisational Culture and Change Organisational culture Organisational change nature and forces of change resistance to change and
management of resistance to change Work stress sources and consequences of stress and its
management
Reference Books
1 Robbins SP amp Decenzo D (2002) Fundamental of Management Pearson Education
2 Stoner etal (2002) Management Prentice Hall of India
3 Luthans F (2004) Organisational Behaviour McGraw Hill International Edition
SM- 102 Financial Accounting 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to Accounting Importance Objectives and Principles Accounting Concepts and
conventions and The Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) Accounting Standards
8
Issued by ICAI (Focus on importance of Standards to give a general view on Financial Accounting
practices) Creative Financial Practices and Issues related to quality of disclosures in reported earnings
window dressing and limitations of financial statements
Unit 2 The Accounting Process Overview
Books of Original Record Journal and Subsidiary books ledger Trial Balance Classification of capital
and revenue expenses Final Accounts with adjustments
Unit 3 Valuation of fixed assets Tangible vs Intangible assets depreciation of fixed assets and methods of depreciation
Unit 4 Inventory Valuation Methods of inventory valuation and valuation of goodwill methods of valuation of goodwill
Unit 5 Financial Analysis Statement of Changes in Working Capital Funds from Operations paid cost and unpaid costs
Distinction between cash profits and book profits Preparation and analysis of cash flow statement and
funds flow statement Analysis and interpretation of financial statements from investor and company
point of view Horizontal Analysis and Vertical Analysis of Company Financial Statements Liquidity
leverage solvency and profitability ratios ndash Du Pont Chart -A Case study on Ratio Analysis
Unit 6 Cost concepts
Cost-Volume-Profit (CVP) relationship and profit planning Budgeting Full costing and variable
costing methods Cost analysis for Decision- Making Standard costing and variance analysis
Reference Books
1 Ashok Banerjee Financial Accounting Second Edition Excel Books New Delhi 2006
2 DrSN Maheshwari and DrSK Maheshwari Financial Accounting Vikas Publishing House
Pvt Ltd 2007
3 Asish K Bhattacharyya Financial Accounting for Business Managers-PHI2006
SM-103 Marketing Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to marketing function genesis the marketing concepts Marketing Management systems-
objectives its interfaces with other functions in the organization The concept of marketing mix Types
of Goods
Unit 2 Marketing Environment
Environment of marketing- political environment economic environment Legal social and cultural
environment
Unit 3 Market segmentation
9
Market segmentation Industrial Marketing Service Marketing and International Marketing Consumer
buying behavior Ethical issues in marketing
Unit 4 Marketing strategy
Marketing strategy- Marketing planning and Marketing programming Product policy the concept of
product life cycle New product decisions Test marketing Pricing Policy amp Strategies
Unit 5 Management of distribution
Management of distribution- channels of distribution Advertising and promotions the concept of
unique selling proposition Implementation and control the marketing organization
Unit 6 Demand forecasting
Demand forecasting Budgeting Management of Sales Force and Evaluation of Performance
Marketing audit
Reference Books
1 Philip Kotler (2003) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation amp Control
Prentice Hall of India
2 Michael J E Bruce J W and Williom J S (13th Edition 2004) Marketing Management Tata
McGrawHill New Delhi
3 Louis E Boone and David L Kurtz (2001) Contemporary Marketing Harcourt Collye Publishers
SM-104 Managerial Economics 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Micro versus Macroeconomics Theory of consumer behavior and demand Consumer preferences
Indifference curve Consumer equilibrium Demand function Income and substitution effects
Unit 2 Production Function
The Slutsky equation Market demand Elasticities Average and marginal revenue Revealed
preference theory of firm Production functions Law of variable proportions Laws of return to scale
Unit 3 Cost Function
Isoquants Input substitution Equilibrium of the firm Expansion path Cost function Theory of costs
Short Run and long run costs Shape of LAC Economies and diseconomies of scale
Unit 4 Theory of Pricing
Market equilibrium under perfect competition Equilibrium under alternative forms of market
Monopoly- pure and discriminating Monopolistic competition Oligopoly Pricing practices and
strategies
Unit 5 National Indicators ( GDP GNP WPI CPI )
National Income Accounting and Economic Indicators Business Cycle-Inflation-Fiscal and Monetary
Policies
10
Reference Books
1 Doane PDavid Seward ELori Applied Statistics in Business and Economics Tata McGraw Hill
2007
2 Nordhaus amp Samuelson Economics 18th Edition Tata McGraw Hill 2007
3 Suma Damodaran Managerial Economics Oxford University Press 2006
SM-105 Quantitative Methods 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Nature and role of statistics in management Measures of central tendency and dispersion Introduction
to probability theory Probability distributions - continuous and discrete Sampling distributions
Estimation and hypothesis testing t-test ANOVA Chi-square test Non-parametric tests Correlation
and regression analysis Applications of statistical packages
Unit 2 Decision Theory
Game Theory Markov Chains
Unit 3 Linear Programming
Formulation and applications solution through graphical method and Simplex methods
Unit 4 Transportation assignment and transshipment problems
Unit 5 Integer Programming-
Formulation and solution Non-Linear Programming Dynamic Programming Multiple Criteria
Decision making Goal programming
Unit 6 Project scheduling-
PERT and CPM Queuing theory Monte Carlo Simulation- concepts and applications Case Studies
and use of OR software packages
Reference Books
1 ldquoOperations Researchrdquo J K Sharma McMillan India
2 ldquo Quantitative Techniques in Managementrdquo N D Vohra Tata McGraw Hill Publications 3e 4th
reprint 2007
3 Quantitative Methods for Business Anderson Williams et-al b10th edition Thompson
SM- 106 Productions and Operations Management 4-0-0
Unit 1
Introduction to operations management- role scope and interface with marketing finance strategy
Types of production systems Concepts of productivity competitiveness Decisions in POM Case
Study
11
Unit 2
Demand forecasting Time Series Regression Analysis and Qualitative techniques Forecast Error Case
study
Unit 3
Work Study Work Measurement Activity Sampling MOST Ergonomics Learning Curve
Unit 4
Product Design and Process Selection Service Design Outsourcing Make buy decision Value
Engineering QFD Concurrent Engineering
Unit 5
Facility Planning- location layout Line balancing Analytical tools and techniques for facility planning
and design Aggregate planning Operations scheduling Project Management CPM PERT Slacks
Project crashing Resource Leveling
Unit 6
Total Quality Management (TQM) Statistical Process Control (SPC) Acceptance Sampling Six-
sigma ISO 9000 Maintenance management JIT FMS MIS Simulation Role of IT in manufacturing
Case studies
Reference Books
1 Charry SN (2005) Production and Operation Management- Concepts Methods amp Strategy John
Willy amp Sons Asia Pvt Limited
2 Adam Jr E and Ebert R (1998) Production and Operation Management
SM-107 Business Communication 2-0-0
Unit 1
Communication Process Model of the communication process Types of Organizational
Communication Channels of Communication Objectives of Business Communication
Unit 2
Principles of Effective Communications (7 C‟s of Communication) Barriers in communication
Unit 3
Oral Communication
Making effective presentations Meeting Interview Listening
Unit 4
Written Communication
E-mails Memorandums Business Letters Writing different types of business messages Direct
request Good-news and neutral messages Bad-news messages persuasive requests
12
Unit 5
Reports Definition essentials of good reports classification of reports different sections of short and
long reports
Unit 6
Non-Verbal Communication importance of non-verbal communication Kinesics Proxemics
Hepatics Chronemics Paralanguage Artifacts
Reference Books
1 Lesikar RV amp Flatley MEBasic Business Communication Skills for Empowering the Internet
Generation Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd New Delhi
2 Ludlow R amp Panton F The Essence of Effective Communications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
3 Bowman JP amp Branchaw PP (1987) Business Communications From Process to Product Dryden
Press Chicago
SM-108 Computer Application in Management 0-0-2
Introduction to OS- DOS WINDOWS Computer Applications in Decision Making Scientific
Research and Business Organization Working with Word Processing and Graphics Packages
Familiarity with Spread Sheet and Data base Packages Introduction to special packages for Business
Administration Case studies
SM-109 Comprehensive Viva Voce 0-0-4
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
Semester II
SM-201 Human Resource Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource management in
a competitive business environment Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic
Human Resource Management
13
Unit 2 Manpower planning
Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource
Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses
Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent
Management
Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection
Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and
methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement
Unit 4 Training and Development
TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes
Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development
Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management
Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal
and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope
concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management
Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies
Unit 6 Industrial Relations
Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of discipline
counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare
Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource
Accounting International Human Resources Management
Reference Books
1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource
Management John Wiley
2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education
3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29
14
SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions
Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and
Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds
Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio
Analysis
Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)
Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach
Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal
Funds
Unit 3 Capital Budgeting
Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital
Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent
and Dependent Risk Analysis
Unit 4 Working capital Decision
Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working
Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk
Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle
Unit 5 Dividend Decision
Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner
Model
Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues
Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill
2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th
ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases
Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi
3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e
15
SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory
descriptive and conclusive research
Unit 2 Defining a research problem
Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making
process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing
research activity
Unit 3 Research design
Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information
primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and
questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from
experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors
Unit 4 Data Analysis
Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well
as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation
Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems
Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research
Attitude Measurement
Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation
Reference Books
1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson
Education Asia
2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS
3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons
SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP
Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income
16
Unit 2 Consumption Function
Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier
process Government sector
Unit 3 Fiscal Policy
Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income
Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of
money
Unit 4 money Control instruments
The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of
interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation
of the aggregate demand curve
Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy
Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function
Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run
Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations
Unit 6 Contemporary Issues
Reference Books
1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th
Ed Excel Books
2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)
3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)
SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1
Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current
knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice
Unit 2
Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit
knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge
Unit 3
Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and
business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques
Unit 4
17
KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management
Implementation and measuring the value of KM
Unit 5
Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological
developments
Unit 6
Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology
innovation process
Reference Books
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech
Print on Demand 1st edition
3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group
Publishing UK 2001
SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs
Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory
Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements
planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains
Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution
management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility
and agility in SC Smart Pricing
Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand
Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash
channels of distribution
Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System
in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games
18
Reference Books
1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash
Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007
2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008
SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing
Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to
Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL
Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and
Business Process Re-engineering
Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data
centres XML Groupware web services etc
Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment
Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT
Reference Books
1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner
Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe
2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph
Valacich (PHI Learning)
3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane
PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)
SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0
19
Unit 1
Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void
voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts
Unit 2
Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of
ownership in goods Auctions sale
Unit 3
Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and
Bouncing of cheques
Unit 4
Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online
registration of companies Types of companies
Unit 5
Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital
shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers
and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company
Unit 6
Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal
machinery
Reference Books
1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009
2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th
edition
3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)
SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
SEMESTER III
20
SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management
Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management
Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design
Unit 2 Strategy Identification
Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies
Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in
Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices
Industry and Competitive Analysis
Unit 3 Strategic Formulation
Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external
context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and
the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain
Unit 4 Strategy Implementation
Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate
Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies
Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation
Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and
Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective
acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing
Unit 6 Globalization and strategy
Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International
Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy
Reference Books
1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and
cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi
2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management
Frank Bros amp Co
3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New
Delhi
21
SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major
Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment
Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological
Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in
International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business
Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the
Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational
Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations
Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing
Countries
Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary
System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and
Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency
Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank
MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements
Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA
APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings
Reference Books
1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc
2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India
3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan
SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0
Language such as French Japanese German will be covered
Unit 1 Basics of communication
Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language
Unit 3 Verbal Communication
Unit 4 Written Communication
Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies
Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises
22
4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each
SEMESTER IV
SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project
management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager
Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle
Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work
breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization
Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final
project schedule manually or by using automated tools
Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation
and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling
Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and
control elements factor contribute to successful project control
Reference Books
1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed
Indianapolis Wiley Publishing
2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting
methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons
3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000
23
SM-402 Corporate Governance
Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance
Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR
Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics
Comprehensive Case Studies
Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive
Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR
Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation
of the Firm
Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case
Study
Reference Books
1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th
edition
2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers
2000
3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001
4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each
ELECTIVES
A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMA-01 Management Information System
Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications
Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business
Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet
Enterprise communication and collaboration
Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools
of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization
analysis data mining for decision support
Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design
(DFD and ER diagrams)
24
Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial
intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality
Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges
Reference Books
1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication
2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education
3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in
the new economy
Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing
industry case)
Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and
revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal
Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface
market communication
Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay
eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc
Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries
Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc
Reference Books
1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies
McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001
2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society
Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)
3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge
AMACOM NY 2000
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
25
Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix
Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery
Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework
Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and
Back Office Operation
Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services
Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing
Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call
Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management
Services IT Consulting Services
Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web
Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom
Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services
Reference Books
1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson
Education Asia
2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson
3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson
Education Asia
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and
Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study
Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap
Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP
Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP
Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash
Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash
Case Studies
Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process
Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful
BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches
26
Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional
Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables
Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware
Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System
Architecture
Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross
Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score
Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning
Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005
3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
SMA-05 Data Base Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management
Systems
Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model
Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design
Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL
Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill
2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft
Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION
3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley
27
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK
PSK Features
Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression
Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band
Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges
Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN
Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting
Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM
Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network
Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication
Mobile communication
Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless
technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script
Reference Books
1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall
2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks
Kindle books
3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th
edition
SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security
Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies
Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through
Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting
Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency
Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM
GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and
limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details
Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS
Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks
Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model
architecture amp protocol stack
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
7
Semester I
SM-101 Management Process and Organizational Behaviour 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Meaning and Nature of Management The evolution of management thought Functions and skills of a
manager Management Approaches Processes Managerial Skills Tasks and Responsibilities of a
Professional Manager
Unit 2 Organizational Structure and Process
Organizational design six key elements of organizational design types of organizational design
organizational structure Managerial Ethos Managerial Communication
Unit 3 Managing activities
Planning need for planning types of planning and the elements of planning Managerial decision
making- types of managerial decisions steps in decision-making process
Unit 4 Controlling
Problem Solving Techniques Controlling Process and Techniques Budgetary and Non Budgetary
control techniques PERT CPM
Unit 5 Organization Behaviour An Introduction Behavioural Dynamics
Foundations of individual behavior Personality Perception Learning Values Attitudes Motivation
Interpersonal Dynamics Group Dynamics Leadership theories and styles Management of conflict and
negotiation
Unit 6 Organisational Culture and Change Organisational culture Organisational change nature and forces of change resistance to change and
management of resistance to change Work stress sources and consequences of stress and its
management
Reference Books
1 Robbins SP amp Decenzo D (2002) Fundamental of Management Pearson Education
2 Stoner etal (2002) Management Prentice Hall of India
3 Luthans F (2004) Organisational Behaviour McGraw Hill International Edition
SM- 102 Financial Accounting 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to Accounting Importance Objectives and Principles Accounting Concepts and
conventions and The Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) Accounting Standards
8
Issued by ICAI (Focus on importance of Standards to give a general view on Financial Accounting
practices) Creative Financial Practices and Issues related to quality of disclosures in reported earnings
window dressing and limitations of financial statements
Unit 2 The Accounting Process Overview
Books of Original Record Journal and Subsidiary books ledger Trial Balance Classification of capital
and revenue expenses Final Accounts with adjustments
Unit 3 Valuation of fixed assets Tangible vs Intangible assets depreciation of fixed assets and methods of depreciation
Unit 4 Inventory Valuation Methods of inventory valuation and valuation of goodwill methods of valuation of goodwill
Unit 5 Financial Analysis Statement of Changes in Working Capital Funds from Operations paid cost and unpaid costs
Distinction between cash profits and book profits Preparation and analysis of cash flow statement and
funds flow statement Analysis and interpretation of financial statements from investor and company
point of view Horizontal Analysis and Vertical Analysis of Company Financial Statements Liquidity
leverage solvency and profitability ratios ndash Du Pont Chart -A Case study on Ratio Analysis
Unit 6 Cost concepts
Cost-Volume-Profit (CVP) relationship and profit planning Budgeting Full costing and variable
costing methods Cost analysis for Decision- Making Standard costing and variance analysis
Reference Books
1 Ashok Banerjee Financial Accounting Second Edition Excel Books New Delhi 2006
2 DrSN Maheshwari and DrSK Maheshwari Financial Accounting Vikas Publishing House
Pvt Ltd 2007
3 Asish K Bhattacharyya Financial Accounting for Business Managers-PHI2006
SM-103 Marketing Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to marketing function genesis the marketing concepts Marketing Management systems-
objectives its interfaces with other functions in the organization The concept of marketing mix Types
of Goods
Unit 2 Marketing Environment
Environment of marketing- political environment economic environment Legal social and cultural
environment
Unit 3 Market segmentation
9
Market segmentation Industrial Marketing Service Marketing and International Marketing Consumer
buying behavior Ethical issues in marketing
Unit 4 Marketing strategy
Marketing strategy- Marketing planning and Marketing programming Product policy the concept of
product life cycle New product decisions Test marketing Pricing Policy amp Strategies
Unit 5 Management of distribution
Management of distribution- channels of distribution Advertising and promotions the concept of
unique selling proposition Implementation and control the marketing organization
Unit 6 Demand forecasting
Demand forecasting Budgeting Management of Sales Force and Evaluation of Performance
Marketing audit
Reference Books
1 Philip Kotler (2003) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation amp Control
Prentice Hall of India
2 Michael J E Bruce J W and Williom J S (13th Edition 2004) Marketing Management Tata
McGrawHill New Delhi
3 Louis E Boone and David L Kurtz (2001) Contemporary Marketing Harcourt Collye Publishers
SM-104 Managerial Economics 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Micro versus Macroeconomics Theory of consumer behavior and demand Consumer preferences
Indifference curve Consumer equilibrium Demand function Income and substitution effects
Unit 2 Production Function
The Slutsky equation Market demand Elasticities Average and marginal revenue Revealed
preference theory of firm Production functions Law of variable proportions Laws of return to scale
Unit 3 Cost Function
Isoquants Input substitution Equilibrium of the firm Expansion path Cost function Theory of costs
Short Run and long run costs Shape of LAC Economies and diseconomies of scale
Unit 4 Theory of Pricing
Market equilibrium under perfect competition Equilibrium under alternative forms of market
Monopoly- pure and discriminating Monopolistic competition Oligopoly Pricing practices and
strategies
Unit 5 National Indicators ( GDP GNP WPI CPI )
National Income Accounting and Economic Indicators Business Cycle-Inflation-Fiscal and Monetary
Policies
10
Reference Books
1 Doane PDavid Seward ELori Applied Statistics in Business and Economics Tata McGraw Hill
2007
2 Nordhaus amp Samuelson Economics 18th Edition Tata McGraw Hill 2007
3 Suma Damodaran Managerial Economics Oxford University Press 2006
SM-105 Quantitative Methods 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Nature and role of statistics in management Measures of central tendency and dispersion Introduction
to probability theory Probability distributions - continuous and discrete Sampling distributions
Estimation and hypothesis testing t-test ANOVA Chi-square test Non-parametric tests Correlation
and regression analysis Applications of statistical packages
Unit 2 Decision Theory
Game Theory Markov Chains
Unit 3 Linear Programming
Formulation and applications solution through graphical method and Simplex methods
Unit 4 Transportation assignment and transshipment problems
Unit 5 Integer Programming-
Formulation and solution Non-Linear Programming Dynamic Programming Multiple Criteria
Decision making Goal programming
Unit 6 Project scheduling-
PERT and CPM Queuing theory Monte Carlo Simulation- concepts and applications Case Studies
and use of OR software packages
Reference Books
1 ldquoOperations Researchrdquo J K Sharma McMillan India
2 ldquo Quantitative Techniques in Managementrdquo N D Vohra Tata McGraw Hill Publications 3e 4th
reprint 2007
3 Quantitative Methods for Business Anderson Williams et-al b10th edition Thompson
SM- 106 Productions and Operations Management 4-0-0
Unit 1
Introduction to operations management- role scope and interface with marketing finance strategy
Types of production systems Concepts of productivity competitiveness Decisions in POM Case
Study
11
Unit 2
Demand forecasting Time Series Regression Analysis and Qualitative techniques Forecast Error Case
study
Unit 3
Work Study Work Measurement Activity Sampling MOST Ergonomics Learning Curve
Unit 4
Product Design and Process Selection Service Design Outsourcing Make buy decision Value
Engineering QFD Concurrent Engineering
Unit 5
Facility Planning- location layout Line balancing Analytical tools and techniques for facility planning
and design Aggregate planning Operations scheduling Project Management CPM PERT Slacks
Project crashing Resource Leveling
Unit 6
Total Quality Management (TQM) Statistical Process Control (SPC) Acceptance Sampling Six-
sigma ISO 9000 Maintenance management JIT FMS MIS Simulation Role of IT in manufacturing
Case studies
Reference Books
1 Charry SN (2005) Production and Operation Management- Concepts Methods amp Strategy John
Willy amp Sons Asia Pvt Limited
2 Adam Jr E and Ebert R (1998) Production and Operation Management
SM-107 Business Communication 2-0-0
Unit 1
Communication Process Model of the communication process Types of Organizational
Communication Channels of Communication Objectives of Business Communication
Unit 2
Principles of Effective Communications (7 C‟s of Communication) Barriers in communication
Unit 3
Oral Communication
Making effective presentations Meeting Interview Listening
Unit 4
Written Communication
E-mails Memorandums Business Letters Writing different types of business messages Direct
request Good-news and neutral messages Bad-news messages persuasive requests
12
Unit 5
Reports Definition essentials of good reports classification of reports different sections of short and
long reports
Unit 6
Non-Verbal Communication importance of non-verbal communication Kinesics Proxemics
Hepatics Chronemics Paralanguage Artifacts
Reference Books
1 Lesikar RV amp Flatley MEBasic Business Communication Skills for Empowering the Internet
Generation Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd New Delhi
2 Ludlow R amp Panton F The Essence of Effective Communications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
3 Bowman JP amp Branchaw PP (1987) Business Communications From Process to Product Dryden
Press Chicago
SM-108 Computer Application in Management 0-0-2
Introduction to OS- DOS WINDOWS Computer Applications in Decision Making Scientific
Research and Business Organization Working with Word Processing and Graphics Packages
Familiarity with Spread Sheet and Data base Packages Introduction to special packages for Business
Administration Case studies
SM-109 Comprehensive Viva Voce 0-0-4
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
Semester II
SM-201 Human Resource Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource management in
a competitive business environment Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic
Human Resource Management
13
Unit 2 Manpower planning
Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource
Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses
Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent
Management
Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection
Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and
methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement
Unit 4 Training and Development
TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes
Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development
Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management
Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal
and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope
concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management
Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies
Unit 6 Industrial Relations
Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of discipline
counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare
Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource
Accounting International Human Resources Management
Reference Books
1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource
Management John Wiley
2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education
3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29
14
SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions
Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and
Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds
Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio
Analysis
Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)
Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach
Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal
Funds
Unit 3 Capital Budgeting
Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital
Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent
and Dependent Risk Analysis
Unit 4 Working capital Decision
Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working
Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk
Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle
Unit 5 Dividend Decision
Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner
Model
Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues
Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill
2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th
ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases
Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi
3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e
15
SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory
descriptive and conclusive research
Unit 2 Defining a research problem
Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making
process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing
research activity
Unit 3 Research design
Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information
primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and
questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from
experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors
Unit 4 Data Analysis
Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well
as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation
Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems
Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research
Attitude Measurement
Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation
Reference Books
1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson
Education Asia
2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS
3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons
SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP
Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income
16
Unit 2 Consumption Function
Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier
process Government sector
Unit 3 Fiscal Policy
Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income
Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of
money
Unit 4 money Control instruments
The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of
interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation
of the aggregate demand curve
Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy
Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function
Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run
Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations
Unit 6 Contemporary Issues
Reference Books
1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th
Ed Excel Books
2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)
3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)
SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1
Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current
knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice
Unit 2
Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit
knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge
Unit 3
Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and
business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques
Unit 4
17
KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management
Implementation and measuring the value of KM
Unit 5
Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological
developments
Unit 6
Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology
innovation process
Reference Books
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech
Print on Demand 1st edition
3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group
Publishing UK 2001
SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs
Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory
Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements
planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains
Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution
management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility
and agility in SC Smart Pricing
Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand
Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash
channels of distribution
Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System
in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games
18
Reference Books
1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash
Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007
2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008
SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing
Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to
Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL
Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and
Business Process Re-engineering
Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data
centres XML Groupware web services etc
Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment
Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT
Reference Books
1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner
Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe
2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph
Valacich (PHI Learning)
3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane
PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)
SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0
19
Unit 1
Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void
voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts
Unit 2
Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of
ownership in goods Auctions sale
Unit 3
Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and
Bouncing of cheques
Unit 4
Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online
registration of companies Types of companies
Unit 5
Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital
shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers
and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company
Unit 6
Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal
machinery
Reference Books
1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009
2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th
edition
3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)
SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
SEMESTER III
20
SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management
Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management
Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design
Unit 2 Strategy Identification
Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies
Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in
Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices
Industry and Competitive Analysis
Unit 3 Strategic Formulation
Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external
context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and
the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain
Unit 4 Strategy Implementation
Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate
Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies
Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation
Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and
Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective
acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing
Unit 6 Globalization and strategy
Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International
Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy
Reference Books
1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and
cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi
2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management
Frank Bros amp Co
3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New
Delhi
21
SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major
Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment
Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological
Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in
International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business
Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the
Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational
Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations
Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing
Countries
Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary
System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and
Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency
Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank
MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements
Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA
APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings
Reference Books
1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc
2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India
3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan
SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0
Language such as French Japanese German will be covered
Unit 1 Basics of communication
Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language
Unit 3 Verbal Communication
Unit 4 Written Communication
Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies
Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises
22
4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each
SEMESTER IV
SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project
management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager
Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle
Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work
breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization
Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final
project schedule manually or by using automated tools
Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation
and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling
Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and
control elements factor contribute to successful project control
Reference Books
1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed
Indianapolis Wiley Publishing
2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting
methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons
3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000
23
SM-402 Corporate Governance
Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance
Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR
Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics
Comprehensive Case Studies
Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive
Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR
Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation
of the Firm
Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case
Study
Reference Books
1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th
edition
2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers
2000
3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001
4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each
ELECTIVES
A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMA-01 Management Information System
Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications
Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business
Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet
Enterprise communication and collaboration
Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools
of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization
analysis data mining for decision support
Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design
(DFD and ER diagrams)
24
Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial
intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality
Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges
Reference Books
1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication
2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education
3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in
the new economy
Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing
industry case)
Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and
revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal
Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface
market communication
Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay
eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc
Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries
Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc
Reference Books
1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies
McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001
2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society
Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)
3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge
AMACOM NY 2000
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
25
Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix
Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery
Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework
Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and
Back Office Operation
Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services
Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing
Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call
Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management
Services IT Consulting Services
Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web
Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom
Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services
Reference Books
1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson
Education Asia
2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson
3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson
Education Asia
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and
Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study
Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap
Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP
Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP
Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash
Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash
Case Studies
Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process
Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful
BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches
26
Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional
Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables
Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware
Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System
Architecture
Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross
Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score
Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning
Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005
3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
SMA-05 Data Base Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management
Systems
Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model
Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design
Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL
Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill
2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft
Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION
3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley
27
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK
PSK Features
Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression
Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band
Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges
Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN
Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting
Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM
Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network
Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication
Mobile communication
Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless
technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script
Reference Books
1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall
2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks
Kindle books
3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th
edition
SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security
Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies
Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through
Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting
Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency
Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM
GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and
limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details
Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS
Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks
Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model
architecture amp protocol stack
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
8
Issued by ICAI (Focus on importance of Standards to give a general view on Financial Accounting
practices) Creative Financial Practices and Issues related to quality of disclosures in reported earnings
window dressing and limitations of financial statements
Unit 2 The Accounting Process Overview
Books of Original Record Journal and Subsidiary books ledger Trial Balance Classification of capital
and revenue expenses Final Accounts with adjustments
Unit 3 Valuation of fixed assets Tangible vs Intangible assets depreciation of fixed assets and methods of depreciation
Unit 4 Inventory Valuation Methods of inventory valuation and valuation of goodwill methods of valuation of goodwill
Unit 5 Financial Analysis Statement of Changes in Working Capital Funds from Operations paid cost and unpaid costs
Distinction between cash profits and book profits Preparation and analysis of cash flow statement and
funds flow statement Analysis and interpretation of financial statements from investor and company
point of view Horizontal Analysis and Vertical Analysis of Company Financial Statements Liquidity
leverage solvency and profitability ratios ndash Du Pont Chart -A Case study on Ratio Analysis
Unit 6 Cost concepts
Cost-Volume-Profit (CVP) relationship and profit planning Budgeting Full costing and variable
costing methods Cost analysis for Decision- Making Standard costing and variance analysis
Reference Books
1 Ashok Banerjee Financial Accounting Second Edition Excel Books New Delhi 2006
2 DrSN Maheshwari and DrSK Maheshwari Financial Accounting Vikas Publishing House
Pvt Ltd 2007
3 Asish K Bhattacharyya Financial Accounting for Business Managers-PHI2006
SM-103 Marketing Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to marketing function genesis the marketing concepts Marketing Management systems-
objectives its interfaces with other functions in the organization The concept of marketing mix Types
of Goods
Unit 2 Marketing Environment
Environment of marketing- political environment economic environment Legal social and cultural
environment
Unit 3 Market segmentation
9
Market segmentation Industrial Marketing Service Marketing and International Marketing Consumer
buying behavior Ethical issues in marketing
Unit 4 Marketing strategy
Marketing strategy- Marketing planning and Marketing programming Product policy the concept of
product life cycle New product decisions Test marketing Pricing Policy amp Strategies
Unit 5 Management of distribution
Management of distribution- channels of distribution Advertising and promotions the concept of
unique selling proposition Implementation and control the marketing organization
Unit 6 Demand forecasting
Demand forecasting Budgeting Management of Sales Force and Evaluation of Performance
Marketing audit
Reference Books
1 Philip Kotler (2003) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation amp Control
Prentice Hall of India
2 Michael J E Bruce J W and Williom J S (13th Edition 2004) Marketing Management Tata
McGrawHill New Delhi
3 Louis E Boone and David L Kurtz (2001) Contemporary Marketing Harcourt Collye Publishers
SM-104 Managerial Economics 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Micro versus Macroeconomics Theory of consumer behavior and demand Consumer preferences
Indifference curve Consumer equilibrium Demand function Income and substitution effects
Unit 2 Production Function
The Slutsky equation Market demand Elasticities Average and marginal revenue Revealed
preference theory of firm Production functions Law of variable proportions Laws of return to scale
Unit 3 Cost Function
Isoquants Input substitution Equilibrium of the firm Expansion path Cost function Theory of costs
Short Run and long run costs Shape of LAC Economies and diseconomies of scale
Unit 4 Theory of Pricing
Market equilibrium under perfect competition Equilibrium under alternative forms of market
Monopoly- pure and discriminating Monopolistic competition Oligopoly Pricing practices and
strategies
Unit 5 National Indicators ( GDP GNP WPI CPI )
National Income Accounting and Economic Indicators Business Cycle-Inflation-Fiscal and Monetary
Policies
10
Reference Books
1 Doane PDavid Seward ELori Applied Statistics in Business and Economics Tata McGraw Hill
2007
2 Nordhaus amp Samuelson Economics 18th Edition Tata McGraw Hill 2007
3 Suma Damodaran Managerial Economics Oxford University Press 2006
SM-105 Quantitative Methods 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Nature and role of statistics in management Measures of central tendency and dispersion Introduction
to probability theory Probability distributions - continuous and discrete Sampling distributions
Estimation and hypothesis testing t-test ANOVA Chi-square test Non-parametric tests Correlation
and regression analysis Applications of statistical packages
Unit 2 Decision Theory
Game Theory Markov Chains
Unit 3 Linear Programming
Formulation and applications solution through graphical method and Simplex methods
Unit 4 Transportation assignment and transshipment problems
Unit 5 Integer Programming-
Formulation and solution Non-Linear Programming Dynamic Programming Multiple Criteria
Decision making Goal programming
Unit 6 Project scheduling-
PERT and CPM Queuing theory Monte Carlo Simulation- concepts and applications Case Studies
and use of OR software packages
Reference Books
1 ldquoOperations Researchrdquo J K Sharma McMillan India
2 ldquo Quantitative Techniques in Managementrdquo N D Vohra Tata McGraw Hill Publications 3e 4th
reprint 2007
3 Quantitative Methods for Business Anderson Williams et-al b10th edition Thompson
SM- 106 Productions and Operations Management 4-0-0
Unit 1
Introduction to operations management- role scope and interface with marketing finance strategy
Types of production systems Concepts of productivity competitiveness Decisions in POM Case
Study
11
Unit 2
Demand forecasting Time Series Regression Analysis and Qualitative techniques Forecast Error Case
study
Unit 3
Work Study Work Measurement Activity Sampling MOST Ergonomics Learning Curve
Unit 4
Product Design and Process Selection Service Design Outsourcing Make buy decision Value
Engineering QFD Concurrent Engineering
Unit 5
Facility Planning- location layout Line balancing Analytical tools and techniques for facility planning
and design Aggregate planning Operations scheduling Project Management CPM PERT Slacks
Project crashing Resource Leveling
Unit 6
Total Quality Management (TQM) Statistical Process Control (SPC) Acceptance Sampling Six-
sigma ISO 9000 Maintenance management JIT FMS MIS Simulation Role of IT in manufacturing
Case studies
Reference Books
1 Charry SN (2005) Production and Operation Management- Concepts Methods amp Strategy John
Willy amp Sons Asia Pvt Limited
2 Adam Jr E and Ebert R (1998) Production and Operation Management
SM-107 Business Communication 2-0-0
Unit 1
Communication Process Model of the communication process Types of Organizational
Communication Channels of Communication Objectives of Business Communication
Unit 2
Principles of Effective Communications (7 C‟s of Communication) Barriers in communication
Unit 3
Oral Communication
Making effective presentations Meeting Interview Listening
Unit 4
Written Communication
E-mails Memorandums Business Letters Writing different types of business messages Direct
request Good-news and neutral messages Bad-news messages persuasive requests
12
Unit 5
Reports Definition essentials of good reports classification of reports different sections of short and
long reports
Unit 6
Non-Verbal Communication importance of non-verbal communication Kinesics Proxemics
Hepatics Chronemics Paralanguage Artifacts
Reference Books
1 Lesikar RV amp Flatley MEBasic Business Communication Skills for Empowering the Internet
Generation Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd New Delhi
2 Ludlow R amp Panton F The Essence of Effective Communications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
3 Bowman JP amp Branchaw PP (1987) Business Communications From Process to Product Dryden
Press Chicago
SM-108 Computer Application in Management 0-0-2
Introduction to OS- DOS WINDOWS Computer Applications in Decision Making Scientific
Research and Business Organization Working with Word Processing and Graphics Packages
Familiarity with Spread Sheet and Data base Packages Introduction to special packages for Business
Administration Case studies
SM-109 Comprehensive Viva Voce 0-0-4
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
Semester II
SM-201 Human Resource Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource management in
a competitive business environment Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic
Human Resource Management
13
Unit 2 Manpower planning
Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource
Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses
Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent
Management
Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection
Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and
methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement
Unit 4 Training and Development
TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes
Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development
Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management
Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal
and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope
concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management
Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies
Unit 6 Industrial Relations
Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of discipline
counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare
Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource
Accounting International Human Resources Management
Reference Books
1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource
Management John Wiley
2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education
3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29
14
SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions
Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and
Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds
Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio
Analysis
Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)
Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach
Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal
Funds
Unit 3 Capital Budgeting
Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital
Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent
and Dependent Risk Analysis
Unit 4 Working capital Decision
Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working
Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk
Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle
Unit 5 Dividend Decision
Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner
Model
Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues
Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill
2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th
ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases
Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi
3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e
15
SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory
descriptive and conclusive research
Unit 2 Defining a research problem
Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making
process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing
research activity
Unit 3 Research design
Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information
primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and
questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from
experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors
Unit 4 Data Analysis
Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well
as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation
Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems
Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research
Attitude Measurement
Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation
Reference Books
1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson
Education Asia
2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS
3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons
SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP
Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income
16
Unit 2 Consumption Function
Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier
process Government sector
Unit 3 Fiscal Policy
Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income
Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of
money
Unit 4 money Control instruments
The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of
interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation
of the aggregate demand curve
Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy
Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function
Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run
Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations
Unit 6 Contemporary Issues
Reference Books
1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th
Ed Excel Books
2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)
3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)
SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1
Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current
knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice
Unit 2
Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit
knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge
Unit 3
Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and
business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques
Unit 4
17
KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management
Implementation and measuring the value of KM
Unit 5
Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological
developments
Unit 6
Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology
innovation process
Reference Books
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech
Print on Demand 1st edition
3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group
Publishing UK 2001
SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs
Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory
Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements
planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains
Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution
management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility
and agility in SC Smart Pricing
Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand
Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash
channels of distribution
Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System
in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games
18
Reference Books
1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash
Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007
2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008
SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing
Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to
Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL
Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and
Business Process Re-engineering
Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data
centres XML Groupware web services etc
Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment
Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT
Reference Books
1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner
Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe
2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph
Valacich (PHI Learning)
3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane
PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)
SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0
19
Unit 1
Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void
voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts
Unit 2
Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of
ownership in goods Auctions sale
Unit 3
Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and
Bouncing of cheques
Unit 4
Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online
registration of companies Types of companies
Unit 5
Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital
shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers
and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company
Unit 6
Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal
machinery
Reference Books
1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009
2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th
edition
3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)
SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
SEMESTER III
20
SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management
Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management
Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design
Unit 2 Strategy Identification
Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies
Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in
Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices
Industry and Competitive Analysis
Unit 3 Strategic Formulation
Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external
context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and
the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain
Unit 4 Strategy Implementation
Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate
Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies
Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation
Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and
Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective
acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing
Unit 6 Globalization and strategy
Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International
Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy
Reference Books
1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and
cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi
2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management
Frank Bros amp Co
3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New
Delhi
21
SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major
Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment
Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological
Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in
International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business
Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the
Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational
Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations
Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing
Countries
Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary
System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and
Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency
Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank
MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements
Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA
APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings
Reference Books
1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc
2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India
3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan
SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0
Language such as French Japanese German will be covered
Unit 1 Basics of communication
Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language
Unit 3 Verbal Communication
Unit 4 Written Communication
Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies
Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises
22
4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each
SEMESTER IV
SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project
management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager
Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle
Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work
breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization
Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final
project schedule manually or by using automated tools
Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation
and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling
Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and
control elements factor contribute to successful project control
Reference Books
1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed
Indianapolis Wiley Publishing
2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting
methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons
3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000
23
SM-402 Corporate Governance
Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance
Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR
Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics
Comprehensive Case Studies
Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive
Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR
Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation
of the Firm
Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case
Study
Reference Books
1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th
edition
2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers
2000
3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001
4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each
ELECTIVES
A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMA-01 Management Information System
Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications
Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business
Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet
Enterprise communication and collaboration
Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools
of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization
analysis data mining for decision support
Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design
(DFD and ER diagrams)
24
Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial
intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality
Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges
Reference Books
1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication
2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education
3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in
the new economy
Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing
industry case)
Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and
revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal
Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface
market communication
Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay
eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc
Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries
Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc
Reference Books
1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies
McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001
2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society
Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)
3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge
AMACOM NY 2000
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
25
Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix
Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery
Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework
Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and
Back Office Operation
Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services
Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing
Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call
Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management
Services IT Consulting Services
Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web
Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom
Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services
Reference Books
1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson
Education Asia
2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson
3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson
Education Asia
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and
Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study
Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap
Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP
Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP
Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash
Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash
Case Studies
Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process
Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful
BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches
26
Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional
Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables
Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware
Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System
Architecture
Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross
Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score
Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning
Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005
3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
SMA-05 Data Base Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management
Systems
Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model
Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design
Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL
Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill
2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft
Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION
3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley
27
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK
PSK Features
Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression
Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band
Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges
Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN
Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting
Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM
Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network
Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication
Mobile communication
Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless
technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script
Reference Books
1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall
2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks
Kindle books
3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th
edition
SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security
Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies
Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through
Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting
Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency
Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM
GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and
limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details
Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS
Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks
Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model
architecture amp protocol stack
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
9
Market segmentation Industrial Marketing Service Marketing and International Marketing Consumer
buying behavior Ethical issues in marketing
Unit 4 Marketing strategy
Marketing strategy- Marketing planning and Marketing programming Product policy the concept of
product life cycle New product decisions Test marketing Pricing Policy amp Strategies
Unit 5 Management of distribution
Management of distribution- channels of distribution Advertising and promotions the concept of
unique selling proposition Implementation and control the marketing organization
Unit 6 Demand forecasting
Demand forecasting Budgeting Management of Sales Force and Evaluation of Performance
Marketing audit
Reference Books
1 Philip Kotler (2003) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation amp Control
Prentice Hall of India
2 Michael J E Bruce J W and Williom J S (13th Edition 2004) Marketing Management Tata
McGrawHill New Delhi
3 Louis E Boone and David L Kurtz (2001) Contemporary Marketing Harcourt Collye Publishers
SM-104 Managerial Economics 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Micro versus Macroeconomics Theory of consumer behavior and demand Consumer preferences
Indifference curve Consumer equilibrium Demand function Income and substitution effects
Unit 2 Production Function
The Slutsky equation Market demand Elasticities Average and marginal revenue Revealed
preference theory of firm Production functions Law of variable proportions Laws of return to scale
Unit 3 Cost Function
Isoquants Input substitution Equilibrium of the firm Expansion path Cost function Theory of costs
Short Run and long run costs Shape of LAC Economies and diseconomies of scale
Unit 4 Theory of Pricing
Market equilibrium under perfect competition Equilibrium under alternative forms of market
Monopoly- pure and discriminating Monopolistic competition Oligopoly Pricing practices and
strategies
Unit 5 National Indicators ( GDP GNP WPI CPI )
National Income Accounting and Economic Indicators Business Cycle-Inflation-Fiscal and Monetary
Policies
10
Reference Books
1 Doane PDavid Seward ELori Applied Statistics in Business and Economics Tata McGraw Hill
2007
2 Nordhaus amp Samuelson Economics 18th Edition Tata McGraw Hill 2007
3 Suma Damodaran Managerial Economics Oxford University Press 2006
SM-105 Quantitative Methods 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Nature and role of statistics in management Measures of central tendency and dispersion Introduction
to probability theory Probability distributions - continuous and discrete Sampling distributions
Estimation and hypothesis testing t-test ANOVA Chi-square test Non-parametric tests Correlation
and regression analysis Applications of statistical packages
Unit 2 Decision Theory
Game Theory Markov Chains
Unit 3 Linear Programming
Formulation and applications solution through graphical method and Simplex methods
Unit 4 Transportation assignment and transshipment problems
Unit 5 Integer Programming-
Formulation and solution Non-Linear Programming Dynamic Programming Multiple Criteria
Decision making Goal programming
Unit 6 Project scheduling-
PERT and CPM Queuing theory Monte Carlo Simulation- concepts and applications Case Studies
and use of OR software packages
Reference Books
1 ldquoOperations Researchrdquo J K Sharma McMillan India
2 ldquo Quantitative Techniques in Managementrdquo N D Vohra Tata McGraw Hill Publications 3e 4th
reprint 2007
3 Quantitative Methods for Business Anderson Williams et-al b10th edition Thompson
SM- 106 Productions and Operations Management 4-0-0
Unit 1
Introduction to operations management- role scope and interface with marketing finance strategy
Types of production systems Concepts of productivity competitiveness Decisions in POM Case
Study
11
Unit 2
Demand forecasting Time Series Regression Analysis and Qualitative techniques Forecast Error Case
study
Unit 3
Work Study Work Measurement Activity Sampling MOST Ergonomics Learning Curve
Unit 4
Product Design and Process Selection Service Design Outsourcing Make buy decision Value
Engineering QFD Concurrent Engineering
Unit 5
Facility Planning- location layout Line balancing Analytical tools and techniques for facility planning
and design Aggregate planning Operations scheduling Project Management CPM PERT Slacks
Project crashing Resource Leveling
Unit 6
Total Quality Management (TQM) Statistical Process Control (SPC) Acceptance Sampling Six-
sigma ISO 9000 Maintenance management JIT FMS MIS Simulation Role of IT in manufacturing
Case studies
Reference Books
1 Charry SN (2005) Production and Operation Management- Concepts Methods amp Strategy John
Willy amp Sons Asia Pvt Limited
2 Adam Jr E and Ebert R (1998) Production and Operation Management
SM-107 Business Communication 2-0-0
Unit 1
Communication Process Model of the communication process Types of Organizational
Communication Channels of Communication Objectives of Business Communication
Unit 2
Principles of Effective Communications (7 C‟s of Communication) Barriers in communication
Unit 3
Oral Communication
Making effective presentations Meeting Interview Listening
Unit 4
Written Communication
E-mails Memorandums Business Letters Writing different types of business messages Direct
request Good-news and neutral messages Bad-news messages persuasive requests
12
Unit 5
Reports Definition essentials of good reports classification of reports different sections of short and
long reports
Unit 6
Non-Verbal Communication importance of non-verbal communication Kinesics Proxemics
Hepatics Chronemics Paralanguage Artifacts
Reference Books
1 Lesikar RV amp Flatley MEBasic Business Communication Skills for Empowering the Internet
Generation Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd New Delhi
2 Ludlow R amp Panton F The Essence of Effective Communications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
3 Bowman JP amp Branchaw PP (1987) Business Communications From Process to Product Dryden
Press Chicago
SM-108 Computer Application in Management 0-0-2
Introduction to OS- DOS WINDOWS Computer Applications in Decision Making Scientific
Research and Business Organization Working with Word Processing and Graphics Packages
Familiarity with Spread Sheet and Data base Packages Introduction to special packages for Business
Administration Case studies
SM-109 Comprehensive Viva Voce 0-0-4
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
Semester II
SM-201 Human Resource Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource management in
a competitive business environment Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic
Human Resource Management
13
Unit 2 Manpower planning
Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource
Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses
Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent
Management
Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection
Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and
methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement
Unit 4 Training and Development
TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes
Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development
Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management
Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal
and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope
concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management
Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies
Unit 6 Industrial Relations
Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of discipline
counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare
Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource
Accounting International Human Resources Management
Reference Books
1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource
Management John Wiley
2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education
3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29
14
SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions
Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and
Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds
Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio
Analysis
Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)
Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach
Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal
Funds
Unit 3 Capital Budgeting
Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital
Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent
and Dependent Risk Analysis
Unit 4 Working capital Decision
Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working
Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk
Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle
Unit 5 Dividend Decision
Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner
Model
Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues
Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill
2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th
ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases
Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi
3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e
15
SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory
descriptive and conclusive research
Unit 2 Defining a research problem
Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making
process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing
research activity
Unit 3 Research design
Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information
primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and
questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from
experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors
Unit 4 Data Analysis
Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well
as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation
Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems
Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research
Attitude Measurement
Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation
Reference Books
1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson
Education Asia
2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS
3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons
SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP
Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income
16
Unit 2 Consumption Function
Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier
process Government sector
Unit 3 Fiscal Policy
Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income
Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of
money
Unit 4 money Control instruments
The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of
interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation
of the aggregate demand curve
Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy
Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function
Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run
Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations
Unit 6 Contemporary Issues
Reference Books
1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th
Ed Excel Books
2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)
3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)
SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1
Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current
knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice
Unit 2
Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit
knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge
Unit 3
Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and
business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques
Unit 4
17
KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management
Implementation and measuring the value of KM
Unit 5
Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological
developments
Unit 6
Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology
innovation process
Reference Books
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech
Print on Demand 1st edition
3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group
Publishing UK 2001
SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs
Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory
Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements
planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains
Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution
management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility
and agility in SC Smart Pricing
Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand
Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash
channels of distribution
Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System
in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games
18
Reference Books
1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash
Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007
2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008
SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing
Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to
Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL
Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and
Business Process Re-engineering
Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data
centres XML Groupware web services etc
Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment
Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT
Reference Books
1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner
Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe
2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph
Valacich (PHI Learning)
3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane
PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)
SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0
19
Unit 1
Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void
voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts
Unit 2
Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of
ownership in goods Auctions sale
Unit 3
Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and
Bouncing of cheques
Unit 4
Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online
registration of companies Types of companies
Unit 5
Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital
shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers
and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company
Unit 6
Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal
machinery
Reference Books
1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009
2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th
edition
3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)
SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
SEMESTER III
20
SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management
Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management
Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design
Unit 2 Strategy Identification
Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies
Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in
Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices
Industry and Competitive Analysis
Unit 3 Strategic Formulation
Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external
context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and
the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain
Unit 4 Strategy Implementation
Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate
Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies
Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation
Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and
Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective
acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing
Unit 6 Globalization and strategy
Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International
Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy
Reference Books
1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and
cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi
2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management
Frank Bros amp Co
3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New
Delhi
21
SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major
Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment
Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological
Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in
International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business
Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the
Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational
Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations
Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing
Countries
Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary
System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and
Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency
Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank
MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements
Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA
APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings
Reference Books
1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc
2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India
3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan
SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0
Language such as French Japanese German will be covered
Unit 1 Basics of communication
Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language
Unit 3 Verbal Communication
Unit 4 Written Communication
Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies
Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises
22
4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each
SEMESTER IV
SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project
management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager
Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle
Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work
breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization
Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final
project schedule manually or by using automated tools
Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation
and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling
Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and
control elements factor contribute to successful project control
Reference Books
1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed
Indianapolis Wiley Publishing
2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting
methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons
3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000
23
SM-402 Corporate Governance
Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance
Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR
Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics
Comprehensive Case Studies
Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive
Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR
Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation
of the Firm
Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case
Study
Reference Books
1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th
edition
2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers
2000
3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001
4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each
ELECTIVES
A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMA-01 Management Information System
Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications
Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business
Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet
Enterprise communication and collaboration
Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools
of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization
analysis data mining for decision support
Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design
(DFD and ER diagrams)
24
Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial
intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality
Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges
Reference Books
1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication
2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education
3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in
the new economy
Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing
industry case)
Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and
revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal
Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface
market communication
Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay
eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc
Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries
Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc
Reference Books
1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies
McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001
2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society
Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)
3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge
AMACOM NY 2000
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
25
Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix
Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery
Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework
Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and
Back Office Operation
Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services
Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing
Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call
Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management
Services IT Consulting Services
Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web
Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom
Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services
Reference Books
1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson
Education Asia
2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson
3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson
Education Asia
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and
Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study
Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap
Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP
Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP
Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash
Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash
Case Studies
Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process
Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful
BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches
26
Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional
Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables
Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware
Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System
Architecture
Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross
Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score
Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning
Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005
3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
SMA-05 Data Base Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management
Systems
Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model
Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design
Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL
Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill
2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft
Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION
3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley
27
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK
PSK Features
Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression
Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band
Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges
Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN
Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting
Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM
Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network
Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication
Mobile communication
Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless
technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script
Reference Books
1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall
2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks
Kindle books
3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th
edition
SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security
Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies
Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through
Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting
Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency
Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM
GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and
limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details
Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS
Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks
Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model
architecture amp protocol stack
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
10
Reference Books
1 Doane PDavid Seward ELori Applied Statistics in Business and Economics Tata McGraw Hill
2007
2 Nordhaus amp Samuelson Economics 18th Edition Tata McGraw Hill 2007
3 Suma Damodaran Managerial Economics Oxford University Press 2006
SM-105 Quantitative Methods 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Nature and role of statistics in management Measures of central tendency and dispersion Introduction
to probability theory Probability distributions - continuous and discrete Sampling distributions
Estimation and hypothesis testing t-test ANOVA Chi-square test Non-parametric tests Correlation
and regression analysis Applications of statistical packages
Unit 2 Decision Theory
Game Theory Markov Chains
Unit 3 Linear Programming
Formulation and applications solution through graphical method and Simplex methods
Unit 4 Transportation assignment and transshipment problems
Unit 5 Integer Programming-
Formulation and solution Non-Linear Programming Dynamic Programming Multiple Criteria
Decision making Goal programming
Unit 6 Project scheduling-
PERT and CPM Queuing theory Monte Carlo Simulation- concepts and applications Case Studies
and use of OR software packages
Reference Books
1 ldquoOperations Researchrdquo J K Sharma McMillan India
2 ldquo Quantitative Techniques in Managementrdquo N D Vohra Tata McGraw Hill Publications 3e 4th
reprint 2007
3 Quantitative Methods for Business Anderson Williams et-al b10th edition Thompson
SM- 106 Productions and Operations Management 4-0-0
Unit 1
Introduction to operations management- role scope and interface with marketing finance strategy
Types of production systems Concepts of productivity competitiveness Decisions in POM Case
Study
11
Unit 2
Demand forecasting Time Series Regression Analysis and Qualitative techniques Forecast Error Case
study
Unit 3
Work Study Work Measurement Activity Sampling MOST Ergonomics Learning Curve
Unit 4
Product Design and Process Selection Service Design Outsourcing Make buy decision Value
Engineering QFD Concurrent Engineering
Unit 5
Facility Planning- location layout Line balancing Analytical tools and techniques for facility planning
and design Aggregate planning Operations scheduling Project Management CPM PERT Slacks
Project crashing Resource Leveling
Unit 6
Total Quality Management (TQM) Statistical Process Control (SPC) Acceptance Sampling Six-
sigma ISO 9000 Maintenance management JIT FMS MIS Simulation Role of IT in manufacturing
Case studies
Reference Books
1 Charry SN (2005) Production and Operation Management- Concepts Methods amp Strategy John
Willy amp Sons Asia Pvt Limited
2 Adam Jr E and Ebert R (1998) Production and Operation Management
SM-107 Business Communication 2-0-0
Unit 1
Communication Process Model of the communication process Types of Organizational
Communication Channels of Communication Objectives of Business Communication
Unit 2
Principles of Effective Communications (7 C‟s of Communication) Barriers in communication
Unit 3
Oral Communication
Making effective presentations Meeting Interview Listening
Unit 4
Written Communication
E-mails Memorandums Business Letters Writing different types of business messages Direct
request Good-news and neutral messages Bad-news messages persuasive requests
12
Unit 5
Reports Definition essentials of good reports classification of reports different sections of short and
long reports
Unit 6
Non-Verbal Communication importance of non-verbal communication Kinesics Proxemics
Hepatics Chronemics Paralanguage Artifacts
Reference Books
1 Lesikar RV amp Flatley MEBasic Business Communication Skills for Empowering the Internet
Generation Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd New Delhi
2 Ludlow R amp Panton F The Essence of Effective Communications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
3 Bowman JP amp Branchaw PP (1987) Business Communications From Process to Product Dryden
Press Chicago
SM-108 Computer Application in Management 0-0-2
Introduction to OS- DOS WINDOWS Computer Applications in Decision Making Scientific
Research and Business Organization Working with Word Processing and Graphics Packages
Familiarity with Spread Sheet and Data base Packages Introduction to special packages for Business
Administration Case studies
SM-109 Comprehensive Viva Voce 0-0-4
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
Semester II
SM-201 Human Resource Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource management in
a competitive business environment Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic
Human Resource Management
13
Unit 2 Manpower planning
Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource
Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses
Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent
Management
Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection
Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and
methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement
Unit 4 Training and Development
TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes
Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development
Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management
Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal
and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope
concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management
Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies
Unit 6 Industrial Relations
Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of discipline
counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare
Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource
Accounting International Human Resources Management
Reference Books
1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource
Management John Wiley
2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education
3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29
14
SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions
Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and
Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds
Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio
Analysis
Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)
Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach
Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal
Funds
Unit 3 Capital Budgeting
Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital
Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent
and Dependent Risk Analysis
Unit 4 Working capital Decision
Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working
Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk
Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle
Unit 5 Dividend Decision
Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner
Model
Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues
Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill
2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th
ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases
Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi
3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e
15
SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory
descriptive and conclusive research
Unit 2 Defining a research problem
Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making
process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing
research activity
Unit 3 Research design
Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information
primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and
questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from
experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors
Unit 4 Data Analysis
Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well
as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation
Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems
Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research
Attitude Measurement
Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation
Reference Books
1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson
Education Asia
2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS
3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons
SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP
Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income
16
Unit 2 Consumption Function
Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier
process Government sector
Unit 3 Fiscal Policy
Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income
Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of
money
Unit 4 money Control instruments
The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of
interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation
of the aggregate demand curve
Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy
Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function
Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run
Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations
Unit 6 Contemporary Issues
Reference Books
1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th
Ed Excel Books
2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)
3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)
SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1
Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current
knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice
Unit 2
Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit
knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge
Unit 3
Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and
business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques
Unit 4
17
KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management
Implementation and measuring the value of KM
Unit 5
Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological
developments
Unit 6
Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology
innovation process
Reference Books
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech
Print on Demand 1st edition
3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group
Publishing UK 2001
SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs
Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory
Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements
planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains
Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution
management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility
and agility in SC Smart Pricing
Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand
Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash
channels of distribution
Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System
in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games
18
Reference Books
1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash
Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007
2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008
SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing
Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to
Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL
Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and
Business Process Re-engineering
Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data
centres XML Groupware web services etc
Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment
Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT
Reference Books
1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner
Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe
2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph
Valacich (PHI Learning)
3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane
PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)
SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0
19
Unit 1
Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void
voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts
Unit 2
Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of
ownership in goods Auctions sale
Unit 3
Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and
Bouncing of cheques
Unit 4
Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online
registration of companies Types of companies
Unit 5
Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital
shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers
and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company
Unit 6
Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal
machinery
Reference Books
1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009
2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th
edition
3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)
SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
SEMESTER III
20
SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management
Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management
Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design
Unit 2 Strategy Identification
Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies
Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in
Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices
Industry and Competitive Analysis
Unit 3 Strategic Formulation
Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external
context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and
the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain
Unit 4 Strategy Implementation
Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate
Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies
Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation
Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and
Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective
acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing
Unit 6 Globalization and strategy
Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International
Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy
Reference Books
1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and
cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi
2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management
Frank Bros amp Co
3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New
Delhi
21
SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major
Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment
Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological
Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in
International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business
Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the
Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational
Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations
Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing
Countries
Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary
System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and
Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency
Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank
MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements
Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA
APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings
Reference Books
1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc
2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India
3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan
SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0
Language such as French Japanese German will be covered
Unit 1 Basics of communication
Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language
Unit 3 Verbal Communication
Unit 4 Written Communication
Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies
Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises
22
4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each
SEMESTER IV
SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project
management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager
Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle
Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work
breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization
Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final
project schedule manually or by using automated tools
Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation
and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling
Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and
control elements factor contribute to successful project control
Reference Books
1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed
Indianapolis Wiley Publishing
2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting
methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons
3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000
23
SM-402 Corporate Governance
Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance
Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR
Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics
Comprehensive Case Studies
Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive
Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR
Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation
of the Firm
Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case
Study
Reference Books
1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th
edition
2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers
2000
3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001
4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each
ELECTIVES
A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMA-01 Management Information System
Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications
Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business
Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet
Enterprise communication and collaboration
Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools
of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization
analysis data mining for decision support
Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design
(DFD and ER diagrams)
24
Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial
intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality
Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges
Reference Books
1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication
2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education
3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in
the new economy
Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing
industry case)
Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and
revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal
Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface
market communication
Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay
eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc
Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries
Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc
Reference Books
1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies
McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001
2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society
Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)
3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge
AMACOM NY 2000
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
25
Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix
Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery
Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework
Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and
Back Office Operation
Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services
Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing
Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call
Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management
Services IT Consulting Services
Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web
Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom
Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services
Reference Books
1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson
Education Asia
2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson
3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson
Education Asia
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and
Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study
Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap
Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP
Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP
Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash
Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash
Case Studies
Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process
Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful
BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches
26
Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional
Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables
Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware
Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System
Architecture
Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross
Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score
Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning
Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005
3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
SMA-05 Data Base Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management
Systems
Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model
Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design
Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL
Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill
2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft
Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION
3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley
27
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK
PSK Features
Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression
Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band
Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges
Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN
Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting
Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM
Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network
Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication
Mobile communication
Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless
technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script
Reference Books
1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall
2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks
Kindle books
3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th
edition
SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security
Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies
Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through
Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting
Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency
Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM
GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and
limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details
Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS
Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks
Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model
architecture amp protocol stack
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
11
Unit 2
Demand forecasting Time Series Regression Analysis and Qualitative techniques Forecast Error Case
study
Unit 3
Work Study Work Measurement Activity Sampling MOST Ergonomics Learning Curve
Unit 4
Product Design and Process Selection Service Design Outsourcing Make buy decision Value
Engineering QFD Concurrent Engineering
Unit 5
Facility Planning- location layout Line balancing Analytical tools and techniques for facility planning
and design Aggregate planning Operations scheduling Project Management CPM PERT Slacks
Project crashing Resource Leveling
Unit 6
Total Quality Management (TQM) Statistical Process Control (SPC) Acceptance Sampling Six-
sigma ISO 9000 Maintenance management JIT FMS MIS Simulation Role of IT in manufacturing
Case studies
Reference Books
1 Charry SN (2005) Production and Operation Management- Concepts Methods amp Strategy John
Willy amp Sons Asia Pvt Limited
2 Adam Jr E and Ebert R (1998) Production and Operation Management
SM-107 Business Communication 2-0-0
Unit 1
Communication Process Model of the communication process Types of Organizational
Communication Channels of Communication Objectives of Business Communication
Unit 2
Principles of Effective Communications (7 C‟s of Communication) Barriers in communication
Unit 3
Oral Communication
Making effective presentations Meeting Interview Listening
Unit 4
Written Communication
E-mails Memorandums Business Letters Writing different types of business messages Direct
request Good-news and neutral messages Bad-news messages persuasive requests
12
Unit 5
Reports Definition essentials of good reports classification of reports different sections of short and
long reports
Unit 6
Non-Verbal Communication importance of non-verbal communication Kinesics Proxemics
Hepatics Chronemics Paralanguage Artifacts
Reference Books
1 Lesikar RV amp Flatley MEBasic Business Communication Skills for Empowering the Internet
Generation Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd New Delhi
2 Ludlow R amp Panton F The Essence of Effective Communications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
3 Bowman JP amp Branchaw PP (1987) Business Communications From Process to Product Dryden
Press Chicago
SM-108 Computer Application in Management 0-0-2
Introduction to OS- DOS WINDOWS Computer Applications in Decision Making Scientific
Research and Business Organization Working with Word Processing and Graphics Packages
Familiarity with Spread Sheet and Data base Packages Introduction to special packages for Business
Administration Case studies
SM-109 Comprehensive Viva Voce 0-0-4
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
Semester II
SM-201 Human Resource Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource management in
a competitive business environment Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic
Human Resource Management
13
Unit 2 Manpower planning
Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource
Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses
Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent
Management
Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection
Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and
methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement
Unit 4 Training and Development
TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes
Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development
Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management
Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal
and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope
concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management
Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies
Unit 6 Industrial Relations
Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of discipline
counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare
Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource
Accounting International Human Resources Management
Reference Books
1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource
Management John Wiley
2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education
3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29
14
SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions
Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and
Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds
Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio
Analysis
Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)
Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach
Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal
Funds
Unit 3 Capital Budgeting
Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital
Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent
and Dependent Risk Analysis
Unit 4 Working capital Decision
Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working
Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk
Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle
Unit 5 Dividend Decision
Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner
Model
Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues
Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill
2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th
ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases
Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi
3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e
15
SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory
descriptive and conclusive research
Unit 2 Defining a research problem
Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making
process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing
research activity
Unit 3 Research design
Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information
primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and
questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from
experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors
Unit 4 Data Analysis
Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well
as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation
Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems
Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research
Attitude Measurement
Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation
Reference Books
1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson
Education Asia
2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS
3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons
SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP
Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income
16
Unit 2 Consumption Function
Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier
process Government sector
Unit 3 Fiscal Policy
Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income
Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of
money
Unit 4 money Control instruments
The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of
interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation
of the aggregate demand curve
Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy
Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function
Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run
Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations
Unit 6 Contemporary Issues
Reference Books
1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th
Ed Excel Books
2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)
3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)
SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1
Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current
knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice
Unit 2
Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit
knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge
Unit 3
Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and
business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques
Unit 4
17
KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management
Implementation and measuring the value of KM
Unit 5
Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological
developments
Unit 6
Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology
innovation process
Reference Books
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech
Print on Demand 1st edition
3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group
Publishing UK 2001
SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs
Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory
Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements
planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains
Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution
management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility
and agility in SC Smart Pricing
Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand
Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash
channels of distribution
Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System
in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games
18
Reference Books
1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash
Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007
2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008
SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing
Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to
Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL
Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and
Business Process Re-engineering
Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data
centres XML Groupware web services etc
Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment
Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT
Reference Books
1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner
Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe
2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph
Valacich (PHI Learning)
3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane
PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)
SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0
19
Unit 1
Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void
voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts
Unit 2
Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of
ownership in goods Auctions sale
Unit 3
Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and
Bouncing of cheques
Unit 4
Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online
registration of companies Types of companies
Unit 5
Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital
shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers
and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company
Unit 6
Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal
machinery
Reference Books
1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009
2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th
edition
3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)
SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
SEMESTER III
20
SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management
Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management
Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design
Unit 2 Strategy Identification
Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies
Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in
Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices
Industry and Competitive Analysis
Unit 3 Strategic Formulation
Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external
context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and
the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain
Unit 4 Strategy Implementation
Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate
Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies
Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation
Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and
Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective
acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing
Unit 6 Globalization and strategy
Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International
Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy
Reference Books
1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and
cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi
2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management
Frank Bros amp Co
3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New
Delhi
21
SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major
Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment
Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological
Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in
International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business
Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the
Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational
Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations
Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing
Countries
Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary
System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and
Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency
Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank
MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements
Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA
APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings
Reference Books
1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc
2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India
3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan
SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0
Language such as French Japanese German will be covered
Unit 1 Basics of communication
Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language
Unit 3 Verbal Communication
Unit 4 Written Communication
Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies
Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises
22
4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each
SEMESTER IV
SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project
management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager
Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle
Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work
breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization
Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final
project schedule manually or by using automated tools
Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation
and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling
Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and
control elements factor contribute to successful project control
Reference Books
1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed
Indianapolis Wiley Publishing
2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting
methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons
3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000
23
SM-402 Corporate Governance
Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance
Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR
Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics
Comprehensive Case Studies
Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive
Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR
Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation
of the Firm
Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case
Study
Reference Books
1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th
edition
2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers
2000
3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001
4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each
ELECTIVES
A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMA-01 Management Information System
Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications
Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business
Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet
Enterprise communication and collaboration
Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools
of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization
analysis data mining for decision support
Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design
(DFD and ER diagrams)
24
Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial
intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality
Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges
Reference Books
1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication
2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education
3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in
the new economy
Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing
industry case)
Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and
revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal
Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface
market communication
Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay
eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc
Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries
Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc
Reference Books
1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies
McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001
2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society
Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)
3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge
AMACOM NY 2000
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
25
Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix
Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery
Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework
Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and
Back Office Operation
Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services
Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing
Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call
Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management
Services IT Consulting Services
Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web
Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom
Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services
Reference Books
1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson
Education Asia
2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson
3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson
Education Asia
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and
Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study
Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap
Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP
Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP
Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash
Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash
Case Studies
Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process
Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful
BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches
26
Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional
Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables
Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware
Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System
Architecture
Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross
Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score
Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning
Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005
3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
SMA-05 Data Base Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management
Systems
Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model
Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design
Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL
Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill
2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft
Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION
3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley
27
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK
PSK Features
Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression
Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band
Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges
Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN
Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting
Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM
Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network
Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication
Mobile communication
Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless
technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script
Reference Books
1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall
2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks
Kindle books
3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th
edition
SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security
Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies
Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through
Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting
Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency
Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM
GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and
limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details
Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS
Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks
Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model
architecture amp protocol stack
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
12
Unit 5
Reports Definition essentials of good reports classification of reports different sections of short and
long reports
Unit 6
Non-Verbal Communication importance of non-verbal communication Kinesics Proxemics
Hepatics Chronemics Paralanguage Artifacts
Reference Books
1 Lesikar RV amp Flatley MEBasic Business Communication Skills for Empowering the Internet
Generation Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd New Delhi
2 Ludlow R amp Panton F The Essence of Effective Communications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
3 Bowman JP amp Branchaw PP (1987) Business Communications From Process to Product Dryden
Press Chicago
SM-108 Computer Application in Management 0-0-2
Introduction to OS- DOS WINDOWS Computer Applications in Decision Making Scientific
Research and Business Organization Working with Word Processing and Graphics Packages
Familiarity with Spread Sheet and Data base Packages Introduction to special packages for Business
Administration Case studies
SM-109 Comprehensive Viva Voce 0-0-4
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
Semester II
SM-201 Human Resource Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource management in
a competitive business environment Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic
Human Resource Management
13
Unit 2 Manpower planning
Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource
Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses
Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent
Management
Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection
Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and
methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement
Unit 4 Training and Development
TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes
Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development
Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management
Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal
and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope
concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management
Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies
Unit 6 Industrial Relations
Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of discipline
counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare
Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource
Accounting International Human Resources Management
Reference Books
1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource
Management John Wiley
2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education
3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29
14
SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions
Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and
Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds
Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio
Analysis
Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)
Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach
Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal
Funds
Unit 3 Capital Budgeting
Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital
Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent
and Dependent Risk Analysis
Unit 4 Working capital Decision
Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working
Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk
Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle
Unit 5 Dividend Decision
Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner
Model
Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues
Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill
2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th
ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases
Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi
3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e
15
SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory
descriptive and conclusive research
Unit 2 Defining a research problem
Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making
process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing
research activity
Unit 3 Research design
Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information
primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and
questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from
experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors
Unit 4 Data Analysis
Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well
as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation
Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems
Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research
Attitude Measurement
Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation
Reference Books
1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson
Education Asia
2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS
3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons
SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP
Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income
16
Unit 2 Consumption Function
Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier
process Government sector
Unit 3 Fiscal Policy
Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income
Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of
money
Unit 4 money Control instruments
The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of
interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation
of the aggregate demand curve
Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy
Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function
Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run
Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations
Unit 6 Contemporary Issues
Reference Books
1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th
Ed Excel Books
2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)
3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)
SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1
Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current
knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice
Unit 2
Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit
knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge
Unit 3
Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and
business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques
Unit 4
17
KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management
Implementation and measuring the value of KM
Unit 5
Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological
developments
Unit 6
Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology
innovation process
Reference Books
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech
Print on Demand 1st edition
3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group
Publishing UK 2001
SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs
Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory
Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements
planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains
Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution
management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility
and agility in SC Smart Pricing
Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand
Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash
channels of distribution
Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System
in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games
18
Reference Books
1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash
Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007
2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008
SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing
Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to
Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL
Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and
Business Process Re-engineering
Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data
centres XML Groupware web services etc
Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment
Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT
Reference Books
1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner
Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe
2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph
Valacich (PHI Learning)
3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane
PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)
SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0
19
Unit 1
Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void
voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts
Unit 2
Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of
ownership in goods Auctions sale
Unit 3
Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and
Bouncing of cheques
Unit 4
Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online
registration of companies Types of companies
Unit 5
Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital
shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers
and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company
Unit 6
Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal
machinery
Reference Books
1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009
2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th
edition
3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)
SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
SEMESTER III
20
SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management
Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management
Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design
Unit 2 Strategy Identification
Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies
Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in
Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices
Industry and Competitive Analysis
Unit 3 Strategic Formulation
Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external
context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and
the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain
Unit 4 Strategy Implementation
Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate
Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies
Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation
Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and
Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective
acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing
Unit 6 Globalization and strategy
Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International
Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy
Reference Books
1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and
cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi
2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management
Frank Bros amp Co
3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New
Delhi
21
SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major
Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment
Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological
Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in
International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business
Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the
Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational
Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations
Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing
Countries
Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary
System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and
Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency
Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank
MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements
Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA
APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings
Reference Books
1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc
2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India
3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan
SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0
Language such as French Japanese German will be covered
Unit 1 Basics of communication
Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language
Unit 3 Verbal Communication
Unit 4 Written Communication
Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies
Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises
22
4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each
SEMESTER IV
SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project
management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager
Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle
Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work
breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization
Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final
project schedule manually or by using automated tools
Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation
and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling
Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and
control elements factor contribute to successful project control
Reference Books
1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed
Indianapolis Wiley Publishing
2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting
methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons
3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000
23
SM-402 Corporate Governance
Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance
Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR
Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics
Comprehensive Case Studies
Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive
Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR
Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation
of the Firm
Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case
Study
Reference Books
1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th
edition
2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers
2000
3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001
4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each
ELECTIVES
A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMA-01 Management Information System
Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications
Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business
Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet
Enterprise communication and collaboration
Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools
of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization
analysis data mining for decision support
Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design
(DFD and ER diagrams)
24
Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial
intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality
Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges
Reference Books
1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication
2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education
3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in
the new economy
Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing
industry case)
Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and
revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal
Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface
market communication
Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay
eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc
Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries
Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc
Reference Books
1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies
McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001
2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society
Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)
3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge
AMACOM NY 2000
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
25
Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix
Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery
Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework
Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and
Back Office Operation
Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services
Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing
Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call
Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management
Services IT Consulting Services
Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web
Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom
Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services
Reference Books
1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson
Education Asia
2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson
3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson
Education Asia
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and
Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study
Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap
Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP
Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP
Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash
Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash
Case Studies
Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process
Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful
BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches
26
Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional
Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables
Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware
Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System
Architecture
Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross
Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score
Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning
Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005
3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
SMA-05 Data Base Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management
Systems
Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model
Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design
Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL
Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill
2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft
Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION
3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley
27
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK
PSK Features
Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression
Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band
Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges
Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN
Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting
Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM
Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network
Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication
Mobile communication
Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless
technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script
Reference Books
1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall
2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks
Kindle books
3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th
edition
SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security
Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies
Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through
Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting
Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency
Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM
GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and
limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details
Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS
Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks
Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model
architecture amp protocol stack
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
13
Unit 2 Manpower planning
Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource
Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses
Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent
Management
Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection
Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and
methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement
Unit 4 Training and Development
TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes
Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development
Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management
Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal
and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope
concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management
Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies
Unit 6 Industrial Relations
Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of discipline
counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare
Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource
Accounting International Human Resources Management
Reference Books
1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource
Management John Wiley
2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education
3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29
14
SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions
Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and
Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds
Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio
Analysis
Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)
Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach
Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal
Funds
Unit 3 Capital Budgeting
Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital
Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent
and Dependent Risk Analysis
Unit 4 Working capital Decision
Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working
Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk
Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle
Unit 5 Dividend Decision
Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner
Model
Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues
Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill
2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th
ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases
Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi
3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e
15
SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory
descriptive and conclusive research
Unit 2 Defining a research problem
Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making
process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing
research activity
Unit 3 Research design
Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information
primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and
questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from
experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors
Unit 4 Data Analysis
Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well
as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation
Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems
Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research
Attitude Measurement
Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation
Reference Books
1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson
Education Asia
2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS
3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons
SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP
Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income
16
Unit 2 Consumption Function
Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier
process Government sector
Unit 3 Fiscal Policy
Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income
Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of
money
Unit 4 money Control instruments
The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of
interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation
of the aggregate demand curve
Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy
Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function
Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run
Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations
Unit 6 Contemporary Issues
Reference Books
1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th
Ed Excel Books
2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)
3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)
SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1
Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current
knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice
Unit 2
Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit
knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge
Unit 3
Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and
business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques
Unit 4
17
KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management
Implementation and measuring the value of KM
Unit 5
Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological
developments
Unit 6
Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology
innovation process
Reference Books
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech
Print on Demand 1st edition
3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group
Publishing UK 2001
SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs
Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory
Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements
planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains
Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution
management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility
and agility in SC Smart Pricing
Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand
Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash
channels of distribution
Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System
in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games
18
Reference Books
1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash
Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007
2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008
SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing
Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to
Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL
Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and
Business Process Re-engineering
Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data
centres XML Groupware web services etc
Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment
Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT
Reference Books
1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner
Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe
2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph
Valacich (PHI Learning)
3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane
PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)
SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0
19
Unit 1
Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void
voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts
Unit 2
Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of
ownership in goods Auctions sale
Unit 3
Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and
Bouncing of cheques
Unit 4
Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online
registration of companies Types of companies
Unit 5
Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital
shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers
and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company
Unit 6
Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal
machinery
Reference Books
1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009
2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th
edition
3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)
SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
SEMESTER III
20
SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management
Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management
Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design
Unit 2 Strategy Identification
Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies
Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in
Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices
Industry and Competitive Analysis
Unit 3 Strategic Formulation
Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external
context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and
the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain
Unit 4 Strategy Implementation
Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate
Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies
Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation
Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and
Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective
acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing
Unit 6 Globalization and strategy
Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International
Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy
Reference Books
1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and
cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi
2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management
Frank Bros amp Co
3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New
Delhi
21
SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major
Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment
Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological
Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in
International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business
Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the
Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational
Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations
Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing
Countries
Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary
System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and
Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency
Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank
MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements
Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA
APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings
Reference Books
1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc
2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India
3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan
SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0
Language such as French Japanese German will be covered
Unit 1 Basics of communication
Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language
Unit 3 Verbal Communication
Unit 4 Written Communication
Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies
Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises
22
4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each
SEMESTER IV
SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project
management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager
Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle
Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work
breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization
Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final
project schedule manually or by using automated tools
Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation
and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling
Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and
control elements factor contribute to successful project control
Reference Books
1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed
Indianapolis Wiley Publishing
2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting
methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons
3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000
23
SM-402 Corporate Governance
Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance
Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR
Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics
Comprehensive Case Studies
Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive
Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR
Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation
of the Firm
Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case
Study
Reference Books
1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th
edition
2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers
2000
3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001
4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each
ELECTIVES
A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMA-01 Management Information System
Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications
Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business
Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet
Enterprise communication and collaboration
Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools
of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization
analysis data mining for decision support
Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design
(DFD and ER diagrams)
24
Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial
intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality
Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges
Reference Books
1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication
2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education
3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in
the new economy
Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing
industry case)
Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and
revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal
Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface
market communication
Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay
eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc
Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries
Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc
Reference Books
1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies
McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001
2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society
Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)
3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge
AMACOM NY 2000
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
25
Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix
Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery
Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework
Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and
Back Office Operation
Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services
Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing
Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call
Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management
Services IT Consulting Services
Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web
Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom
Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services
Reference Books
1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson
Education Asia
2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson
3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson
Education Asia
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and
Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study
Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap
Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP
Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP
Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash
Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash
Case Studies
Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process
Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful
BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches
26
Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional
Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables
Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware
Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System
Architecture
Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross
Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score
Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning
Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005
3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
SMA-05 Data Base Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management
Systems
Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model
Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design
Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL
Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill
2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft
Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION
3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley
27
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK
PSK Features
Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression
Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band
Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges
Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN
Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting
Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM
Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network
Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication
Mobile communication
Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless
technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script
Reference Books
1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall
2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks
Kindle books
3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th
edition
SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security
Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies
Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through
Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting
Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency
Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM
GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and
limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details
Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS
Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks
Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model
architecture amp protocol stack
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
14
SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions
Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and
Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds
Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio
Analysis
Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)
Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach
Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal
Funds
Unit 3 Capital Budgeting
Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital
Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent
and Dependent Risk Analysis
Unit 4 Working capital Decision
Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working
Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk
Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle
Unit 5 Dividend Decision
Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner
Model
Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues
Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill
2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th
ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases
Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi
3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e
15
SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory
descriptive and conclusive research
Unit 2 Defining a research problem
Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making
process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing
research activity
Unit 3 Research design
Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information
primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and
questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from
experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors
Unit 4 Data Analysis
Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well
as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation
Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems
Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research
Attitude Measurement
Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation
Reference Books
1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson
Education Asia
2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS
3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons
SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP
Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income
16
Unit 2 Consumption Function
Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier
process Government sector
Unit 3 Fiscal Policy
Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income
Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of
money
Unit 4 money Control instruments
The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of
interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation
of the aggregate demand curve
Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy
Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function
Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run
Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations
Unit 6 Contemporary Issues
Reference Books
1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th
Ed Excel Books
2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)
3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)
SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1
Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current
knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice
Unit 2
Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit
knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge
Unit 3
Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and
business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques
Unit 4
17
KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management
Implementation and measuring the value of KM
Unit 5
Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological
developments
Unit 6
Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology
innovation process
Reference Books
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech
Print on Demand 1st edition
3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group
Publishing UK 2001
SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs
Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory
Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements
planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains
Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution
management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility
and agility in SC Smart Pricing
Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand
Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash
channels of distribution
Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System
in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games
18
Reference Books
1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash
Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007
2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008
SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing
Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to
Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL
Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and
Business Process Re-engineering
Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data
centres XML Groupware web services etc
Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment
Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT
Reference Books
1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner
Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe
2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph
Valacich (PHI Learning)
3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane
PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)
SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0
19
Unit 1
Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void
voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts
Unit 2
Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of
ownership in goods Auctions sale
Unit 3
Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and
Bouncing of cheques
Unit 4
Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online
registration of companies Types of companies
Unit 5
Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital
shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers
and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company
Unit 6
Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal
machinery
Reference Books
1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009
2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th
edition
3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)
SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
SEMESTER III
20
SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management
Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management
Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design
Unit 2 Strategy Identification
Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies
Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in
Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices
Industry and Competitive Analysis
Unit 3 Strategic Formulation
Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external
context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and
the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain
Unit 4 Strategy Implementation
Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate
Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies
Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation
Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and
Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective
acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing
Unit 6 Globalization and strategy
Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International
Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy
Reference Books
1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and
cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi
2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management
Frank Bros amp Co
3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New
Delhi
21
SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major
Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment
Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological
Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in
International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business
Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the
Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational
Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations
Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing
Countries
Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary
System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and
Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency
Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank
MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements
Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA
APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings
Reference Books
1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc
2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India
3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan
SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0
Language such as French Japanese German will be covered
Unit 1 Basics of communication
Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language
Unit 3 Verbal Communication
Unit 4 Written Communication
Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies
Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises
22
4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each
SEMESTER IV
SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project
management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager
Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle
Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work
breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization
Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final
project schedule manually or by using automated tools
Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation
and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling
Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and
control elements factor contribute to successful project control
Reference Books
1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed
Indianapolis Wiley Publishing
2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting
methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons
3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000
23
SM-402 Corporate Governance
Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance
Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR
Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics
Comprehensive Case Studies
Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive
Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR
Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation
of the Firm
Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case
Study
Reference Books
1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th
edition
2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers
2000
3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001
4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each
ELECTIVES
A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMA-01 Management Information System
Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications
Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business
Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet
Enterprise communication and collaboration
Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools
of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization
analysis data mining for decision support
Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design
(DFD and ER diagrams)
24
Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial
intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality
Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges
Reference Books
1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication
2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education
3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in
the new economy
Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing
industry case)
Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and
revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal
Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface
market communication
Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay
eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc
Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries
Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc
Reference Books
1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies
McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001
2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society
Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)
3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge
AMACOM NY 2000
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
25
Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix
Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery
Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework
Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and
Back Office Operation
Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services
Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing
Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call
Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management
Services IT Consulting Services
Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web
Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom
Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services
Reference Books
1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson
Education Asia
2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson
3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson
Education Asia
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and
Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study
Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap
Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP
Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP
Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash
Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash
Case Studies
Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process
Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful
BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches
26
Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional
Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables
Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware
Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System
Architecture
Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross
Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score
Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning
Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005
3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
SMA-05 Data Base Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management
Systems
Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model
Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design
Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL
Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill
2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft
Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION
3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley
27
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK
PSK Features
Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression
Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band
Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges
Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN
Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting
Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM
Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network
Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication
Mobile communication
Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless
technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script
Reference Books
1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall
2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks
Kindle books
3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th
edition
SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security
Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies
Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through
Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting
Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency
Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM
GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and
limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details
Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS
Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks
Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model
architecture amp protocol stack
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
15
SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory
descriptive and conclusive research
Unit 2 Defining a research problem
Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making
process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing
research activity
Unit 3 Research design
Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information
primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and
questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from
experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors
Unit 4 Data Analysis
Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well
as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation
Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems
Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research
Attitude Measurement
Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation
Reference Books
1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson
Education Asia
2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS
3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons
SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP
Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income
16
Unit 2 Consumption Function
Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier
process Government sector
Unit 3 Fiscal Policy
Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income
Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of
money
Unit 4 money Control instruments
The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of
interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation
of the aggregate demand curve
Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy
Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function
Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run
Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations
Unit 6 Contemporary Issues
Reference Books
1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th
Ed Excel Books
2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)
3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)
SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1
Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current
knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice
Unit 2
Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit
knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge
Unit 3
Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and
business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques
Unit 4
17
KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management
Implementation and measuring the value of KM
Unit 5
Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological
developments
Unit 6
Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology
innovation process
Reference Books
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech
Print on Demand 1st edition
3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group
Publishing UK 2001
SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs
Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory
Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements
planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains
Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution
management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility
and agility in SC Smart Pricing
Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand
Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash
channels of distribution
Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System
in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games
18
Reference Books
1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash
Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007
2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008
SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing
Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to
Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL
Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and
Business Process Re-engineering
Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data
centres XML Groupware web services etc
Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment
Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT
Reference Books
1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner
Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe
2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph
Valacich (PHI Learning)
3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane
PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)
SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0
19
Unit 1
Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void
voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts
Unit 2
Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of
ownership in goods Auctions sale
Unit 3
Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and
Bouncing of cheques
Unit 4
Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online
registration of companies Types of companies
Unit 5
Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital
shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers
and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company
Unit 6
Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal
machinery
Reference Books
1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009
2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th
edition
3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)
SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
SEMESTER III
20
SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management
Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management
Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design
Unit 2 Strategy Identification
Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies
Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in
Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices
Industry and Competitive Analysis
Unit 3 Strategic Formulation
Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external
context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and
the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain
Unit 4 Strategy Implementation
Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate
Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies
Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation
Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and
Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective
acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing
Unit 6 Globalization and strategy
Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International
Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy
Reference Books
1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and
cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi
2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management
Frank Bros amp Co
3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New
Delhi
21
SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major
Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment
Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological
Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in
International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business
Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the
Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational
Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations
Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing
Countries
Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary
System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and
Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency
Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank
MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements
Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA
APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings
Reference Books
1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc
2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India
3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan
SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0
Language such as French Japanese German will be covered
Unit 1 Basics of communication
Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language
Unit 3 Verbal Communication
Unit 4 Written Communication
Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies
Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises
22
4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each
SEMESTER IV
SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project
management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager
Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle
Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work
breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization
Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final
project schedule manually or by using automated tools
Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation
and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling
Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and
control elements factor contribute to successful project control
Reference Books
1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed
Indianapolis Wiley Publishing
2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting
methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons
3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000
23
SM-402 Corporate Governance
Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance
Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR
Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics
Comprehensive Case Studies
Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive
Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR
Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation
of the Firm
Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case
Study
Reference Books
1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th
edition
2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers
2000
3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001
4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each
ELECTIVES
A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMA-01 Management Information System
Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications
Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business
Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet
Enterprise communication and collaboration
Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools
of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization
analysis data mining for decision support
Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design
(DFD and ER diagrams)
24
Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial
intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality
Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges
Reference Books
1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication
2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education
3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in
the new economy
Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing
industry case)
Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and
revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal
Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface
market communication
Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay
eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc
Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries
Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc
Reference Books
1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies
McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001
2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society
Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)
3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge
AMACOM NY 2000
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
25
Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix
Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery
Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework
Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and
Back Office Operation
Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services
Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing
Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call
Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management
Services IT Consulting Services
Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web
Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom
Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services
Reference Books
1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson
Education Asia
2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson
3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson
Education Asia
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and
Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study
Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap
Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP
Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP
Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash
Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash
Case Studies
Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process
Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful
BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches
26
Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional
Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables
Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware
Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System
Architecture
Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross
Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score
Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning
Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005
3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
SMA-05 Data Base Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management
Systems
Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model
Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design
Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL
Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill
2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft
Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION
3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley
27
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK
PSK Features
Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression
Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band
Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges
Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN
Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting
Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM
Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network
Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication
Mobile communication
Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless
technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script
Reference Books
1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall
2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks
Kindle books
3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th
edition
SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security
Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies
Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through
Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting
Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency
Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM
GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and
limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details
Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS
Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks
Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model
architecture amp protocol stack
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
16
Unit 2 Consumption Function
Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier
process Government sector
Unit 3 Fiscal Policy
Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income
Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of
money
Unit 4 money Control instruments
The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of
interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation
of the aggregate demand curve
Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy
Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function
Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run
Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations
Unit 6 Contemporary Issues
Reference Books
1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th
Ed Excel Books
2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)
3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)
SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1
Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current
knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice
Unit 2
Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit
knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge
Unit 3
Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and
business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques
Unit 4
17
KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management
Implementation and measuring the value of KM
Unit 5
Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological
developments
Unit 6
Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology
innovation process
Reference Books
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech
Print on Demand 1st edition
3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group
Publishing UK 2001
SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs
Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory
Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements
planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains
Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution
management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility
and agility in SC Smart Pricing
Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand
Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash
channels of distribution
Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System
in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games
18
Reference Books
1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash
Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007
2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008
SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing
Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to
Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL
Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and
Business Process Re-engineering
Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data
centres XML Groupware web services etc
Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment
Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT
Reference Books
1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner
Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe
2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph
Valacich (PHI Learning)
3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane
PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)
SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0
19
Unit 1
Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void
voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts
Unit 2
Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of
ownership in goods Auctions sale
Unit 3
Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and
Bouncing of cheques
Unit 4
Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online
registration of companies Types of companies
Unit 5
Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital
shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers
and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company
Unit 6
Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal
machinery
Reference Books
1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009
2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th
edition
3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)
SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
SEMESTER III
20
SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management
Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management
Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design
Unit 2 Strategy Identification
Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies
Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in
Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices
Industry and Competitive Analysis
Unit 3 Strategic Formulation
Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external
context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and
the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain
Unit 4 Strategy Implementation
Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate
Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies
Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation
Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and
Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective
acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing
Unit 6 Globalization and strategy
Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International
Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy
Reference Books
1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and
cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi
2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management
Frank Bros amp Co
3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New
Delhi
21
SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major
Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment
Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological
Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in
International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business
Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the
Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational
Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations
Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing
Countries
Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary
System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and
Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency
Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank
MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements
Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA
APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings
Reference Books
1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc
2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India
3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan
SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0
Language such as French Japanese German will be covered
Unit 1 Basics of communication
Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language
Unit 3 Verbal Communication
Unit 4 Written Communication
Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies
Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises
22
4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each
SEMESTER IV
SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project
management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager
Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle
Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work
breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization
Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final
project schedule manually or by using automated tools
Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation
and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling
Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and
control elements factor contribute to successful project control
Reference Books
1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed
Indianapolis Wiley Publishing
2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting
methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons
3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000
23
SM-402 Corporate Governance
Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance
Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR
Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics
Comprehensive Case Studies
Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive
Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR
Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation
of the Firm
Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case
Study
Reference Books
1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th
edition
2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers
2000
3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001
4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each
ELECTIVES
A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMA-01 Management Information System
Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications
Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business
Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet
Enterprise communication and collaboration
Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools
of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization
analysis data mining for decision support
Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design
(DFD and ER diagrams)
24
Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial
intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality
Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges
Reference Books
1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication
2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education
3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in
the new economy
Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing
industry case)
Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and
revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal
Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface
market communication
Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay
eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc
Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries
Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc
Reference Books
1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies
McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001
2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society
Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)
3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge
AMACOM NY 2000
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
25
Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix
Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery
Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework
Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and
Back Office Operation
Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services
Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing
Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call
Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management
Services IT Consulting Services
Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web
Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom
Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services
Reference Books
1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson
Education Asia
2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson
3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson
Education Asia
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and
Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study
Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap
Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP
Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP
Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash
Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash
Case Studies
Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process
Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful
BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches
26
Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional
Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables
Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware
Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System
Architecture
Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross
Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score
Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning
Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005
3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
SMA-05 Data Base Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management
Systems
Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model
Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design
Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL
Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill
2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft
Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION
3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley
27
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK
PSK Features
Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression
Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band
Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges
Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN
Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting
Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM
Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network
Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication
Mobile communication
Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless
technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script
Reference Books
1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall
2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks
Kindle books
3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th
edition
SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security
Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies
Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through
Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting
Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency
Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM
GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and
limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details
Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS
Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks
Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model
architecture amp protocol stack
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
17
KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management
Implementation and measuring the value of KM
Unit 5
Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological
developments
Unit 6
Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology
innovation process
Reference Books
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech
Print on Demand 1st edition
3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group
Publishing UK 2001
SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs
Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory
Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements
planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains
Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution
management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility
and agility in SC Smart Pricing
Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand
Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash
channels of distribution
Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System
in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games
18
Reference Books
1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash
Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007
2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008
SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing
Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to
Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL
Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and
Business Process Re-engineering
Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data
centres XML Groupware web services etc
Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment
Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT
Reference Books
1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner
Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe
2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph
Valacich (PHI Learning)
3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane
PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)
SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0
19
Unit 1
Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void
voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts
Unit 2
Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of
ownership in goods Auctions sale
Unit 3
Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and
Bouncing of cheques
Unit 4
Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online
registration of companies Types of companies
Unit 5
Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital
shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers
and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company
Unit 6
Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal
machinery
Reference Books
1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009
2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th
edition
3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)
SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
SEMESTER III
20
SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management
Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management
Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design
Unit 2 Strategy Identification
Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies
Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in
Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices
Industry and Competitive Analysis
Unit 3 Strategic Formulation
Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external
context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and
the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain
Unit 4 Strategy Implementation
Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate
Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies
Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation
Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and
Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective
acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing
Unit 6 Globalization and strategy
Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International
Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy
Reference Books
1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and
cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi
2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management
Frank Bros amp Co
3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New
Delhi
21
SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major
Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment
Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological
Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in
International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business
Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the
Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational
Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations
Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing
Countries
Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary
System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and
Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency
Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank
MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements
Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA
APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings
Reference Books
1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc
2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India
3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan
SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0
Language such as French Japanese German will be covered
Unit 1 Basics of communication
Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language
Unit 3 Verbal Communication
Unit 4 Written Communication
Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies
Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises
22
4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each
SEMESTER IV
SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project
management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager
Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle
Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work
breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization
Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final
project schedule manually or by using automated tools
Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation
and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling
Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and
control elements factor contribute to successful project control
Reference Books
1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed
Indianapolis Wiley Publishing
2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting
methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons
3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000
23
SM-402 Corporate Governance
Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance
Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR
Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics
Comprehensive Case Studies
Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive
Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR
Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation
of the Firm
Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case
Study
Reference Books
1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th
edition
2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers
2000
3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001
4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each
ELECTIVES
A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMA-01 Management Information System
Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications
Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business
Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet
Enterprise communication and collaboration
Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools
of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization
analysis data mining for decision support
Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design
(DFD and ER diagrams)
24
Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial
intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality
Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges
Reference Books
1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication
2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education
3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in
the new economy
Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing
industry case)
Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and
revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal
Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface
market communication
Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay
eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc
Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries
Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc
Reference Books
1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies
McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001
2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society
Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)
3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge
AMACOM NY 2000
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
25
Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix
Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery
Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework
Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and
Back Office Operation
Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services
Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing
Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call
Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management
Services IT Consulting Services
Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web
Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom
Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services
Reference Books
1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson
Education Asia
2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson
3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson
Education Asia
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and
Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study
Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap
Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP
Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP
Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash
Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash
Case Studies
Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process
Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful
BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches
26
Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional
Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables
Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware
Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System
Architecture
Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross
Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score
Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning
Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005
3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
SMA-05 Data Base Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management
Systems
Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model
Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design
Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL
Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill
2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft
Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION
3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley
27
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK
PSK Features
Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression
Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band
Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges
Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN
Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting
Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM
Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network
Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication
Mobile communication
Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless
technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script
Reference Books
1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall
2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks
Kindle books
3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th
edition
SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security
Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies
Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through
Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting
Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency
Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM
GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and
limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details
Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS
Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks
Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model
architecture amp protocol stack
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
18
Reference Books
1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash
Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007
2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008
SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0
Unit 1 Introduction
Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing
Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to
Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL
Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and
Business Process Re-engineering
Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data
centres XML Groupware web services etc
Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment
Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT
Reference Books
1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner
Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe
2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph
Valacich (PHI Learning)
3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane
PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)
SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0
19
Unit 1
Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void
voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts
Unit 2
Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of
ownership in goods Auctions sale
Unit 3
Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and
Bouncing of cheques
Unit 4
Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online
registration of companies Types of companies
Unit 5
Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital
shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers
and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company
Unit 6
Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal
machinery
Reference Books
1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009
2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th
edition
3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)
SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
SEMESTER III
20
SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management
Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management
Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design
Unit 2 Strategy Identification
Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies
Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in
Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices
Industry and Competitive Analysis
Unit 3 Strategic Formulation
Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external
context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and
the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain
Unit 4 Strategy Implementation
Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate
Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies
Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation
Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and
Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective
acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing
Unit 6 Globalization and strategy
Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International
Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy
Reference Books
1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and
cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi
2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management
Frank Bros amp Co
3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New
Delhi
21
SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major
Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment
Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological
Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in
International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business
Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the
Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational
Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations
Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing
Countries
Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary
System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and
Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency
Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank
MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements
Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA
APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings
Reference Books
1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc
2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India
3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan
SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0
Language such as French Japanese German will be covered
Unit 1 Basics of communication
Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language
Unit 3 Verbal Communication
Unit 4 Written Communication
Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies
Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises
22
4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each
SEMESTER IV
SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project
management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager
Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle
Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work
breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization
Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final
project schedule manually or by using automated tools
Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation
and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling
Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and
control elements factor contribute to successful project control
Reference Books
1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed
Indianapolis Wiley Publishing
2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting
methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons
3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000
23
SM-402 Corporate Governance
Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance
Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR
Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics
Comprehensive Case Studies
Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive
Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR
Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation
of the Firm
Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case
Study
Reference Books
1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th
edition
2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers
2000
3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001
4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each
ELECTIVES
A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMA-01 Management Information System
Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications
Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business
Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet
Enterprise communication and collaboration
Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools
of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization
analysis data mining for decision support
Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design
(DFD and ER diagrams)
24
Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial
intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality
Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges
Reference Books
1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication
2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education
3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in
the new economy
Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing
industry case)
Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and
revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal
Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface
market communication
Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay
eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc
Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries
Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc
Reference Books
1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies
McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001
2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society
Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)
3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge
AMACOM NY 2000
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
25
Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix
Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery
Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework
Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and
Back Office Operation
Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services
Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing
Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call
Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management
Services IT Consulting Services
Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web
Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom
Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services
Reference Books
1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson
Education Asia
2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson
3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson
Education Asia
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and
Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study
Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap
Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP
Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP
Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash
Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash
Case Studies
Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process
Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful
BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches
26
Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional
Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables
Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware
Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System
Architecture
Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross
Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score
Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning
Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005
3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
SMA-05 Data Base Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management
Systems
Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model
Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design
Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL
Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill
2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft
Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION
3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley
27
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK
PSK Features
Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression
Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band
Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges
Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN
Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting
Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM
Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network
Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication
Mobile communication
Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless
technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script
Reference Books
1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall
2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks
Kindle books
3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th
edition
SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security
Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies
Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through
Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting
Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency
Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM
GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and
limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details
Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS
Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks
Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model
architecture amp protocol stack
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
19
Unit 1
Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void
voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts
Unit 2
Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of
ownership in goods Auctions sale
Unit 3
Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and
Bouncing of cheques
Unit 4
Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online
registration of companies Types of companies
Unit 5
Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital
shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers
and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company
Unit 6
Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal
machinery
Reference Books
1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009
2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th
edition
3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)
SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0
Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall
learning of the subjects and concepts
SEMESTER III
20
SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management
Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management
Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design
Unit 2 Strategy Identification
Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies
Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in
Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices
Industry and Competitive Analysis
Unit 3 Strategic Formulation
Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external
context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and
the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain
Unit 4 Strategy Implementation
Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate
Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies
Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation
Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and
Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective
acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing
Unit 6 Globalization and strategy
Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International
Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy
Reference Books
1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and
cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi
2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management
Frank Bros amp Co
3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New
Delhi
21
SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major
Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment
Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological
Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in
International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business
Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the
Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational
Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations
Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing
Countries
Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary
System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and
Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency
Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank
MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements
Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA
APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings
Reference Books
1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc
2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India
3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan
SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0
Language such as French Japanese German will be covered
Unit 1 Basics of communication
Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language
Unit 3 Verbal Communication
Unit 4 Written Communication
Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies
Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises
22
4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each
SEMESTER IV
SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project
management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager
Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle
Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work
breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization
Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final
project schedule manually or by using automated tools
Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation
and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling
Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and
control elements factor contribute to successful project control
Reference Books
1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed
Indianapolis Wiley Publishing
2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting
methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons
3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000
23
SM-402 Corporate Governance
Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance
Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR
Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics
Comprehensive Case Studies
Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive
Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR
Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation
of the Firm
Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case
Study
Reference Books
1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th
edition
2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers
2000
3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001
4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each
ELECTIVES
A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMA-01 Management Information System
Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications
Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business
Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet
Enterprise communication and collaboration
Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools
of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization
analysis data mining for decision support
Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design
(DFD and ER diagrams)
24
Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial
intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality
Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges
Reference Books
1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication
2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education
3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in
the new economy
Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing
industry case)
Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and
revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal
Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface
market communication
Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay
eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc
Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries
Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc
Reference Books
1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies
McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001
2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society
Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)
3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge
AMACOM NY 2000
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
25
Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix
Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery
Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework
Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and
Back Office Operation
Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services
Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing
Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call
Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management
Services IT Consulting Services
Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web
Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom
Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services
Reference Books
1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson
Education Asia
2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson
3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson
Education Asia
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and
Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study
Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap
Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP
Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP
Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash
Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash
Case Studies
Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process
Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful
BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches
26
Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional
Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables
Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware
Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System
Architecture
Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross
Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score
Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning
Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005
3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
SMA-05 Data Base Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management
Systems
Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model
Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design
Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL
Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill
2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft
Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION
3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley
27
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK
PSK Features
Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression
Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band
Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges
Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN
Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting
Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM
Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network
Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication
Mobile communication
Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless
technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script
Reference Books
1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall
2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks
Kindle books
3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th
edition
SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security
Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies
Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through
Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting
Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency
Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM
GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and
limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details
Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS
Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks
Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model
architecture amp protocol stack
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
20
SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0
Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management
Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management
Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design
Unit 2 Strategy Identification
Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies
Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in
Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices
Industry and Competitive Analysis
Unit 3 Strategic Formulation
Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external
context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and
the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain
Unit 4 Strategy Implementation
Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate
Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies
Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation
Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and
Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective
acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing
Unit 6 Globalization and strategy
Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International
Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy
Reference Books
1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and
cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi
2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management
Frank Bros amp Co
3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New
Delhi
21
SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major
Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment
Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological
Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in
International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business
Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the
Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational
Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations
Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing
Countries
Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary
System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and
Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency
Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank
MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements
Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA
APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings
Reference Books
1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc
2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India
3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan
SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0
Language such as French Japanese German will be covered
Unit 1 Basics of communication
Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language
Unit 3 Verbal Communication
Unit 4 Written Communication
Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies
Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises
22
4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each
SEMESTER IV
SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project
management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager
Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle
Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work
breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization
Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final
project schedule manually or by using automated tools
Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation
and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling
Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and
control elements factor contribute to successful project control
Reference Books
1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed
Indianapolis Wiley Publishing
2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting
methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons
3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000
23
SM-402 Corporate Governance
Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance
Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR
Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics
Comprehensive Case Studies
Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive
Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR
Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation
of the Firm
Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case
Study
Reference Books
1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th
edition
2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers
2000
3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001
4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each
ELECTIVES
A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMA-01 Management Information System
Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications
Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business
Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet
Enterprise communication and collaboration
Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools
of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization
analysis data mining for decision support
Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design
(DFD and ER diagrams)
24
Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial
intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality
Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges
Reference Books
1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication
2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education
3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in
the new economy
Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing
industry case)
Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and
revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal
Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface
market communication
Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay
eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc
Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries
Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc
Reference Books
1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies
McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001
2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society
Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)
3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge
AMACOM NY 2000
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
25
Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix
Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery
Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework
Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and
Back Office Operation
Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services
Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing
Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call
Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management
Services IT Consulting Services
Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web
Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom
Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services
Reference Books
1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson
Education Asia
2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson
3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson
Education Asia
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and
Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study
Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap
Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP
Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP
Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash
Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash
Case Studies
Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process
Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful
BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches
26
Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional
Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables
Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware
Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System
Architecture
Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross
Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score
Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning
Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005
3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
SMA-05 Data Base Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management
Systems
Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model
Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design
Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL
Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill
2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft
Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION
3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley
27
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK
PSK Features
Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression
Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band
Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges
Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN
Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting
Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM
Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network
Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication
Mobile communication
Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless
technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script
Reference Books
1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall
2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks
Kindle books
3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th
edition
SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security
Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies
Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through
Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting
Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency
Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM
GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and
limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details
Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS
Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks
Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model
architecture amp protocol stack
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
21
SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major
Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment
Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological
Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in
International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business
Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the
Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational
Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations
Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing
Countries
Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary
System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and
Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency
Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank
MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements
Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA
APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings
Reference Books
1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc
2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India
3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan
SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0
Language such as French Japanese German will be covered
Unit 1 Basics of communication
Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language
Unit 3 Verbal Communication
Unit 4 Written Communication
Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies
Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises
22
4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each
SEMESTER IV
SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project
management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager
Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle
Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work
breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization
Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final
project schedule manually or by using automated tools
Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation
and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling
Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and
control elements factor contribute to successful project control
Reference Books
1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed
Indianapolis Wiley Publishing
2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting
methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons
3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000
23
SM-402 Corporate Governance
Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance
Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR
Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics
Comprehensive Case Studies
Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive
Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR
Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation
of the Firm
Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case
Study
Reference Books
1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th
edition
2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers
2000
3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001
4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each
ELECTIVES
A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMA-01 Management Information System
Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications
Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business
Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet
Enterprise communication and collaboration
Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools
of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization
analysis data mining for decision support
Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design
(DFD and ER diagrams)
24
Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial
intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality
Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges
Reference Books
1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication
2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education
3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in
the new economy
Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing
industry case)
Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and
revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal
Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface
market communication
Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay
eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc
Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries
Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc
Reference Books
1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies
McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001
2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society
Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)
3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge
AMACOM NY 2000
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
25
Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix
Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery
Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework
Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and
Back Office Operation
Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services
Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing
Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call
Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management
Services IT Consulting Services
Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web
Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom
Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services
Reference Books
1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson
Education Asia
2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson
3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson
Education Asia
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and
Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study
Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap
Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP
Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP
Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash
Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash
Case Studies
Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process
Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful
BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches
26
Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional
Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables
Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware
Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System
Architecture
Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross
Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score
Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning
Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005
3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
SMA-05 Data Base Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management
Systems
Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model
Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design
Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL
Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill
2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft
Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION
3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley
27
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK
PSK Features
Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression
Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band
Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges
Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN
Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting
Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM
Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network
Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication
Mobile communication
Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless
technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script
Reference Books
1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall
2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks
Kindle books
3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th
edition
SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security
Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies
Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through
Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting
Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency
Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM
GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and
limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details
Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS
Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks
Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model
architecture amp protocol stack
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
22
4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each
SEMESTER IV
SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0
Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project
management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager
Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle
Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work
breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization
Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final
project schedule manually or by using automated tools
Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation
and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling
Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and
control elements factor contribute to successful project control
Reference Books
1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed
Indianapolis Wiley Publishing
2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting
methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons
3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000
23
SM-402 Corporate Governance
Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance
Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR
Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics
Comprehensive Case Studies
Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive
Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR
Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation
of the Firm
Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case
Study
Reference Books
1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th
edition
2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers
2000
3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001
4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each
ELECTIVES
A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMA-01 Management Information System
Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications
Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business
Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet
Enterprise communication and collaboration
Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools
of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization
analysis data mining for decision support
Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design
(DFD and ER diagrams)
24
Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial
intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality
Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges
Reference Books
1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication
2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education
3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in
the new economy
Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing
industry case)
Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and
revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal
Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface
market communication
Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay
eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc
Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries
Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc
Reference Books
1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies
McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001
2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society
Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)
3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge
AMACOM NY 2000
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
25
Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix
Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery
Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework
Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and
Back Office Operation
Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services
Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing
Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call
Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management
Services IT Consulting Services
Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web
Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom
Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services
Reference Books
1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson
Education Asia
2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson
3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson
Education Asia
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and
Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study
Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap
Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP
Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP
Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash
Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash
Case Studies
Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process
Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful
BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches
26
Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional
Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables
Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware
Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System
Architecture
Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross
Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score
Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning
Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005
3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
SMA-05 Data Base Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management
Systems
Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model
Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design
Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL
Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill
2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft
Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION
3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley
27
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK
PSK Features
Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression
Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band
Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges
Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN
Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting
Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM
Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network
Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication
Mobile communication
Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless
technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script
Reference Books
1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall
2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks
Kindle books
3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th
edition
SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security
Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies
Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through
Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting
Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency
Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM
GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and
limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details
Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS
Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks
Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model
architecture amp protocol stack
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
23
SM-402 Corporate Governance
Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance
Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR
Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics
Comprehensive Case Studies
Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive
Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR
Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation
of the Firm
Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case
Study
Reference Books
1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th
edition
2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers
2000
3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001
4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each
ELECTIVES
A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMA-01 Management Information System
Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications
Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business
Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet
Enterprise communication and collaboration
Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools
of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization
analysis data mining for decision support
Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design
(DFD and ER diagrams)
24
Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial
intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality
Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges
Reference Books
1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication
2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education
3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in
the new economy
Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing
industry case)
Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and
revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal
Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface
market communication
Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay
eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc
Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries
Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc
Reference Books
1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies
McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001
2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society
Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)
3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge
AMACOM NY 2000
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
25
Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix
Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery
Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework
Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and
Back Office Operation
Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services
Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing
Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call
Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management
Services IT Consulting Services
Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web
Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom
Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services
Reference Books
1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson
Education Asia
2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson
3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson
Education Asia
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and
Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study
Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap
Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP
Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP
Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash
Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash
Case Studies
Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process
Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful
BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches
26
Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional
Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables
Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware
Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System
Architecture
Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross
Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score
Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning
Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005
3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
SMA-05 Data Base Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management
Systems
Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model
Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design
Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL
Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill
2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft
Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION
3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley
27
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK
PSK Features
Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression
Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band
Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges
Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN
Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting
Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM
Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network
Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication
Mobile communication
Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless
technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script
Reference Books
1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall
2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks
Kindle books
3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th
edition
SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security
Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies
Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through
Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting
Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency
Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM
GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and
limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details
Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS
Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks
Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model
architecture amp protocol stack
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
24
Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial
intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality
Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges
Reference Books
1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication
2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education
3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000
SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in
the new economy
Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing
industry case)
Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and
revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal
Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface
market communication
Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay
eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc
Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries
Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc
Reference Books
1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies
McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001
2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society
Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)
3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge
AMACOM NY 2000
SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management
25
Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix
Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery
Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework
Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and
Back Office Operation
Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services
Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing
Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call
Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management
Services IT Consulting Services
Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web
Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom
Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services
Reference Books
1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson
Education Asia
2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson
3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson
Education Asia
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and
Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study
Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap
Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP
Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP
Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash
Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash
Case Studies
Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process
Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful
BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches
26
Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional
Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables
Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware
Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System
Architecture
Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross
Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score
Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning
Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005
3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
SMA-05 Data Base Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management
Systems
Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model
Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design
Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL
Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill
2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft
Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION
3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley
27
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK
PSK Features
Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression
Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band
Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges
Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN
Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting
Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM
Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network
Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication
Mobile communication
Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless
technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script
Reference Books
1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall
2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks
Kindle books
3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th
edition
SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security
Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies
Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through
Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting
Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency
Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM
GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and
limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details
Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS
Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks
Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model
architecture amp protocol stack
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
25
Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix
Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery
Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework
Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and
Back Office Operation
Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services
Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing
Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call
Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management
Services IT Consulting Services
Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web
Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom
Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services
Reference Books
1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson
Education Asia
2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson
3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson
Education Asia
SMA-04 ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and
Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study
Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap
Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP
Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP
Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash
Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash
Case Studies
Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process
Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful
BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches
26
Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional
Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables
Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware
Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System
Architecture
Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross
Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score
Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning
Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005
3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
SMA-05 Data Base Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management
Systems
Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model
Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design
Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL
Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill
2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft
Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION
3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley
27
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK
PSK Features
Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression
Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band
Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges
Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN
Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting
Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM
Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network
Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication
Mobile communication
Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless
technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script
Reference Books
1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall
2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks
Kindle books
3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th
edition
SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security
Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies
Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through
Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting
Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency
Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM
GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and
limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details
Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS
Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks
Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model
architecture amp protocol stack
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
26
Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional
Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables
Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware
Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System
Architecture
Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross
Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score
Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning
Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005
3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
SMA-05 Data Base Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management
Systems
Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model
Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design
Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL
Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill
2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft
Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION
3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley
27
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK
PSK Features
Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression
Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band
Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges
Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN
Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting
Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM
Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network
Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication
Mobile communication
Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless
technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script
Reference Books
1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall
2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks
Kindle books
3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th
edition
SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security
Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies
Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through
Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting
Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency
Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM
GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and
limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details
Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS
Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks
Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model
architecture amp protocol stack
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
27
SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business
Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK
PSK Features
Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression
Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band
Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges
Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN
Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting
Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM
Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network
Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication
Mobile communication
Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless
technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script
Reference Books
1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall
2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks
Kindle books
3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th
edition
SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security
Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies
Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through
Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting
Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency
Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM
GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and
limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details
Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS
Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks
Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model
architecture amp protocol stack
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
28
Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security
techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models
Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment
Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-
commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and
proactive service management
Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-
held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile
commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content
management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services
Reference Books
1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson
Education
2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo
Idea Group 2003
3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi
SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations
strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge
Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and
documentation
Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management
techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building
the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization
Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit
and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management
Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies
Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of
Innovation Technology innovation process
Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and
developing new business
Reference Books
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
29
1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005
2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing
UK 2001
3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications
SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management
Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models
Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and
Tracking Project Closure
Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development
phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase
Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental
measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics
Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software
quality
Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software
quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality
Reference Books
1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-
Tata McGraw Hill
2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen
Sharp amp Mark Woodman
3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004
SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass
customization managing organizational change
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
30
Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR
Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure
Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture
process and performance
Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change
agents in an organization
Reference Books
1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback
2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process
reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006
SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce
Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-
Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce
Technology
Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer
Customer to Customer etc
Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW
HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML
Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security
Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust
Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce
Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid
Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising
Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM
in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software
Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and
WTO
Reference Books
1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
31
Asia 2002
2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001
3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall
1998
SMA-12
Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM
(as decided by the faculty)
Elective-B
SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques
for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM
Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic
Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation
Unit 2 TQM Principles
Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality
Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and
Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits
Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement
Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier
Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts
Strategy Performance Measure
Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion
Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability
Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools
Unit 5 TQM Tools
Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA
Unit 6 Quality Systems
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
32
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements
Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash
Concept Requirements and Benefits
Reference Books
1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications
2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education
3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page
SMB-02 International Logistics Management
Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and
objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain
relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of
Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain
Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical
objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and
International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation
in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And
Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4
PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL
service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of
outsourcing in global supply chain management
Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and
customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards
customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain
management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ
and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation
International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms
Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of
plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design
decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution
Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory
models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing
problem
Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain
Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies
to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and
Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply
Chain Information Technology in Practice
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
33
Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics
Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance
Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains
Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management
Reference Books
1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New
York LLC2004
2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text
and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB-03 Retail Management
Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of
retailing Trends in Retailing
Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing
Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective
segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles
Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel
criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store
management
Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail
sales promotion publicity
Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of
Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case
studies in Indian context only
Reference Books
1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th
Edition
2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition
3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
34
SMB-04 Transportation Management
Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models
and inter-relationship
Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers
Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation
management Case studies
Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the
successful companies
Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies
Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture
Reference Books
1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition
2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations
3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New
Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006
SMB -05 Service Operations Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service
sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash
expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL
dimensions
Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and
perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services
Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection
Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash
service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash
service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and
specific issues
Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution
channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
35
mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of
internal marketing in service delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for
health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and
public utility services
Reference Books
1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd
Edition
2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy
Information Technology 6th edition
3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition
SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management
Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain
management
Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and
Forecasting Error Measurement
Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options
Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems
Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to
supply chain management problems
Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of
RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in
supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes
Reference Books
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
36
1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A
supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006
2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management
TMH Second Edition 2008
3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A
Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005
SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM
(as decided by the faculty)
C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management
Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry
Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the
telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment
Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic
development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application
of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom
Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication
telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical
survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network
the telephone systemTelecom marketing
Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality
management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development
Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national
telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance
Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing
Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging
issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems
challenges of growth
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
37
Reference Books
1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm
2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition
3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House
Telecommunications Library
SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management
Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents
of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi
Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data
Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata
Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)
Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business
Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database
Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data
Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS
Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data
Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic
Operations
Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization
Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization
SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment
Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing
Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases
Reference Books
1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003
2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition
3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill
SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design
Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for
Requirement Analysis
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
38
Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing
Requirement Changes
Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping
Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems
Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw
Hill
2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education
3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill
SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation
Same as SMA-08
SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management
Same as SMA-09
SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security
Same as SMA-07
SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation
Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering
Reengineering scenario
Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT
enabled reengineering
Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible
Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study
Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
39
Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft
Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies
Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management
Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and
Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study
Reference Books
1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global
Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing
2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd New Delhi 2004
3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI
2008
SMC-08 e-Governance
(as decided by the faculty)
SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business
Same as SMA-06
SMC-10 Business process reengineering
Same as SMA-10
SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM
(as decided by the faculty)
ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
40
SMD-01 International marketing management
Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing
Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process
International Marketing Environment
Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets
International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M
amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances
Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization
Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product
Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination
Price Quotations and Terms of Sale
Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash
International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas
Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions
Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks
Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)
Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets
Reference Books
1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi
1991
2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill
Boston 1999
3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)
SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management
Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel
of Retailing the Accordion
Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail
Formats
Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management
Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail
Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
41
Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication
Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs
Model Customer Relationship Management
Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing
Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing
Reference Books
1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education
2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson
Learning Inc
3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks
SMD-03 Marketing of Services
Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and
Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process
Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations
and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)
Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery
Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service
Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services
Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix
Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery
Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services
Banking Services Health and Insurance Services
Reference Books
1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006
2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008
3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
42
SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management
Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic
and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection
and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign
Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of
advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling
Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of
advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio
TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring
impact of advertisements
Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand
Name and Brand Management
Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures
of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based
Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of
Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
43
Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand
Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in
different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand
Management
Reference Books
1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall
New Jersey 1996
2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005
3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002
SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing
Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets
Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural
Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges
for Rural Marketing
Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing
Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies
Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case
studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India
Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges
Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing
Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product
Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies
Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied
in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
44
Reference Books
1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India
2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra
3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century
SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing
Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B
Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing
Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm
Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers
(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project
Presentation
Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective
sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented
Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of
sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers
Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated
promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions
Reference Books
1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican
Marketing Association
2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business
Press 3 edition
3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1
edition
SMD-07 Consumer Behavior
Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of
consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and
secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques
Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-
Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
45
Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for
social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior
Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for
formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information
Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual
process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-
operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and
emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of
personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour
Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and
perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-
biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-
Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural
intention-attitude changing strategies
Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process
Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive
dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive
advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring
customer satisfaction
Reference Books
1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New
Delhi
2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective
Thomson South-Western
3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building
Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York
SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management
Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM
processes and systems
Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier
Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization
Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and
multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
46
Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining
Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting
results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail
Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales
Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors
setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation
Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical
Issues in CRM
Reference Books
1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York
2001
2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers
Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008
3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006
Group E Financial Management
SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 1 Introduction
Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial
investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of
investment information- Investment Instruments
Unit 2 Financial markets
primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of
stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on
primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market
hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management
Unit 3 Valuation of securities
bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and
immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of
equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)
Unit 4 Risk
Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and
unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk
Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
47
Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock
Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-
Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and
figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average
analysis Japanese Candlesticks
Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory
Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz
diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of
corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio
performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive
strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual
funds functions of Asset Management Companies
Reference Books
1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra
ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005
2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005
3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books
SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring
Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction
In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories
of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal
vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A
activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision
strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model
Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act
1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of
Competition Act
Unit 3 Corporate restructuring
Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve
out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock
ownership plans (ESOP)
Unit 4 Merger Process
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
48
Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash
due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash
managerial challenges of M amp A
Unit 5 Valuation
Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and
financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash
offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision
Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation
Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of
1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures
ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory
frame work of M amp A
Reference Books
1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli
ndash Excel books 1e 2007
2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash
John Wiley amp Sons
3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for
module-8
SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning
Unit 1 Introduction
Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income
Unit 2Taxation of Companies
Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income
Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special
Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies
Unit 3 Tax Planning
Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of
Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter
Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of
Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or
Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions
Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
49
Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and
Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements
Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions
FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad
Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities
Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business
Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business
Reference Books
1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law
House
2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan
3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi
SME-04 International Financial Management
UNIT 1 Introduction
International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of
international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash
Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral
financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate
UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current
account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International
Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium
disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits
UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange
rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market
participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets
Swift Mechanism
UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange
rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power
parity amp fisher effects
UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
50
Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of
Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure
UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-
Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through
selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept
Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong
term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-
International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability
management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory
Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market
Reference Books
1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata
McGraw Hill) 4e
2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e
2004
3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)
4e
SME-05 Investment Banking
Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market
The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the
secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate
effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical
reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -
Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct
Investment
Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the
credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest
rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk
Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed
Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies
Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements
Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers
Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
51
Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services
Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services
Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory
Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -
Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies
and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy
Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance
Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary
responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk
Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting
Reference Books
1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed
2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet
SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management
Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -
Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging
strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds
Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with
Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction
to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives
Unit 3 Interest rate markets-
Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining
Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond
amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)
Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of
translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques
Unit 5 Credit risk-
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
52
Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default
experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total
return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation
Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure
Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo
simulation stress testing and back testing
Reference Books
1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell
Publishing
2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash
Thomson Learning 6e 2004
3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson
Education) 6e
SME-07 International Accounting Practices
Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial
reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting
ndash the requirements of international accounting standards
Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany
Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting
standards and consolidation of accounts
Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental
reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management
Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of
international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization
Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash
internal revenue code and transfer pricing
Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing
(cases)
Reference Books
1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley
2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill
3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash
Pergamon Publishers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
53
SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance
Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project
finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project
Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of
Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at
the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity
Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market
Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using
Qualitative Models
Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process
of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the
Facilities at the Project Site
Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working
Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds
Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution
Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India
Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA
Different Approaches to SCBA
Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria
Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in
valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project
finance
Reference Books
1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH
5e
2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003
3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology
Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI
SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management
Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets
Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus
fruits ndash
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
54
Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market
Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash
Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of
Metal Commodity Energy Market
Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash
Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined
product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical
Analysis of Energy Commodity
Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies
Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption
Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil
Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity
Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)
Reference Books
1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e
2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e
3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -
(Oxford University Press) 200405
SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets
Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability
Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System
Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy
Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an
overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates
and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest
Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period
The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon
Unit 3 The Indian Financial System
Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and
Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of
Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed
Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
55
Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank
Services Relationship Banking and Innovations
Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -
How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -
Cross border funding and hedging
Unit 5 International Banking
Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation
Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash
The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in
Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its
Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking
Reference Books
1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol
2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill
SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling
(as decided by the faculty)
SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance
(as decided by the faculty)
Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management
SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400
Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management
Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in
enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure
ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market
Unit 2 Trade Union
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
56
Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and
Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective
Membership Financial Status
Unit 3 Quality of Work Life
Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level
Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash
Promoting peace
Unit 4 Industrial Disputes
Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash
Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash
Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing
Orders ndash Code Discipline
Unit 5 Labour Welfare
Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-
Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural
Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications
Unit 6 Labour laws
Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial
disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952
Reference Books
1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication
2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House
3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill
SMF-02 Compensation Management 400
Unit 1 Introduction
Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary
administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage
Determination in India
Unit 2 Compensation system design issues
Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-
base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems
Unit 3 Managing Compensation
Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base
Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage
curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation
fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
57
Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation
Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-
Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain
sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA
Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International
compensation Management
Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits
Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding
benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-
security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits
administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a
work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package
Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification
Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward
Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge
Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation
Reference Books
1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice
Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications
3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London
SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400
Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)
Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD
Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change
Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation
Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention
Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team
Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive
Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges
Unit 3 Culture amp Change process
Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization
amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change
Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change
The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance
Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
58
Unit 5 Intervention Strategies
Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change
technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional
knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture
Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development
Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational
Development and Future of Organisational Development
Reference Books
1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London
Pitman
SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400
Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM
Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach
HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy
and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of
strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational
Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource
reallocation decisions
Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy
Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable
resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems
shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing
congruent HR systems
Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization
Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy
non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses
Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development
Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system
and compensation
Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices
Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill
system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs
contingency perspectives
Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
59
HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy
contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation
management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement
strategies Talent management and retention
Reference Books
1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall
India
2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan
3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati
OHSW
SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400
Unit 1 International Organization
Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural
approach The institutionalist perspective
Unit 2 International HRM Models
Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM
International HRM Problems of International Research
Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities
Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International
assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country
nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International
Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers
Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture
Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business
Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance
Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation
Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing
International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance
Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions
Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan
Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and
Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices
Reference Books
1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing
2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
60
3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications
Ltd London
SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management
400
Unit 1 Manpower Management
HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The
Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of
Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource
Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New
Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face
Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development
Unit 3 Performance Management
Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in
organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system
Unit 4 Evaluating HR function
Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy
ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and
qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking
Accounting for HRM
Unit 5 HR Scorecard
Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal
and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role
Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology
New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge
Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development
Reference Books
1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page
2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising
McMillan India Ltd
3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India
Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company
SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
61
Unit 1 Introduction
The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model
the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning
Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education
Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis
The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and
Training Process Design
Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation
Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee
(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design
(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on
Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems
Climate etc)
Unit 4 Effective Trainer
Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and
techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model
CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis
Unit 5 Management Development
Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of
management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia
Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training
New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline
learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres
Reference Books
1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication
2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press
3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices
Prentice Hall New Jersey
SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400
Unit 1 Managerial Process
Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial
conflict
Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers
62
Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence
relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development
and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group
group behavior
Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling
Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of
Counseling Counseling Process
Unit 4 Counselling Procedures
The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling
Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal
communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of
Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor
Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills
Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis
Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates
Dealing with problem subordinates
Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling
Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations
Reference Book
1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI
2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers